India Skills Report 2025
News: India Skills Report 2025 shows that more than half of Indian graduates are now employable, which is an increase from 33% a decade ago.
About the Report
- The report has been released by Wheebox in collaboration with Confederation of Indian Industry, Association of Indian Universities and All India Council for Technical Education.
- It is based on the evaluation of 6.5 lakh candidates who participated in the Global Employability Test across India.
- It also considers insights from over 1,000 corporations across 15 diverse industries.
Key Highlights of the Report
- The employability among Indian graduates has increased to 54.81% as against 51.25% recorded in the previous Global Employability Test.
- Maharashtra leads with 84% employability followed by Delhi, Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh.
- Over half of Indian graduates are now employable, a major increase from 33% a decade ago.
- This shift is underlined by India’s focus on emerging technologies like artificial intelligence, cloud computing, and automation, leading to reshaping of traditional jobs and creation of new opportunities.
- The rise of digital nomadism and hybrid work models open new opportunities for Indian talent to contribute to the global economy.
[Download] Prelims Marathon Weekly Compilation – December, 2024 – 1st week
Hello everyone,
We are posting a compilation of Prelims Marathon for the month of December 2024 – First week.
Click on the following link to download
About Prelims Marathon
Daily Prelims Marathon is focused on UPSC Prelims 2025. Under this initiative, we post, daily 10 MCQs, based on the provided weekly schedule.
For More such MCQs – Click Here
India Employment Report 2024
Source: This post on India Employment Report 2024 has been created based on the article “Youth unemployment rates in India lower Than Global Levels” published in PIB on 26th November 2024.
Why in news?
The India Employment Report 2024 by the Institute for Human Development (IHD) and the International Labour Organisation (ILO) highlights an improved employment scenario in India.
Major Findings of the report
1. Global Youth Unemployment Trends: In 2021, global youth unemployment was 15.6% (ILO’s Global Report Trends for Youth, 2022).
In 2023, the rate decreased to 13.3% (ILO’s World Employment and Social Outlook Trends, 2024).
2. India’s Youth Unemployment: According to the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) by the Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation (MoSPI), India’s youth unemployment rate (ages 15-29) was 10.2% in 2023-24, lower than the global average.
3. Improving Worker Population Ratio (WPR): The Worker Population Ratio (WPR) for youth increased from 31.4% in 2017-18 to 41.7% in 2023-24, indicating growth in employment.
Formal Sector Employment Growth: Over 1.3 crore net subscribers joined the Employees’ Provident Fund Organization (EPFO) in 2023-24.
Between September 2017 and August 2024, 7.03 crore net subscribers joined the EPFO, showcasing increased formalization of employment.
About Institute for Human Development (IHD)
1. The Institute for Human Development (IHD) is a leading Indian research organization established in 1998, focusing on labor, employment, and socio-economic development.
2. It conducts research on issues like informal labor, migration, social protection, and human development, providing policy insights to address inequality and poverty.
3. It is known for its flagship India Human Development Report. IHD collaborates with national and international organizations to promote inclusive growth.
UPSC Syllabus: Report and Index, Indian Economy
UNICEF SOWC-2024 Report
Source: This post on UNICEF SOWC-2024 Report has been created based on the article “Planetary crisis puts children at risk: UNICEF report” published in PIB on 7th November 2024.
Why in news?
The UNICEF report reveals that nearly one billion children, which is half the world’s child population, are living in countries that face high risks from climate and environmental hazards. The report predicts that three global forces: demographic shifts, climate crises, and frontier technologies will have a profound impact on children’s lives by 2050.
Contents
Highlights of the report
Climate crisis
1. The report highlights the intensification of climate destabilization, biodiversity loss, and pollution across the globe.
2. These environmental hazards uniquely impact children, as their developing bodies, including their brains, lungs, and immune systems, are especially vulnerable.
i) Air pollution harms children’s respiratory health, with effects that can last a lifetime.
ii) Rising temperatures increase mosquito populations, spreading diseases such as malaria, dengue, and Zika.
iii) Floods contaminate water supplies, leading to waterborne diseases that are a leading cause of death for children under five.
iv) Extreme weather events reduce food production, increasing the risk of food insecurity.
v) Climate-related disasters also negatively impact children’s mental health, causing feelings of helplessness, trauma, and anxiety.
Educational and Displacement Challenges
1. Since 2022, an estimated 400 million students around the world have experienced school closures due to extreme weather events.
2. This disruption violates children’s rights, stifles learning, and hinders economic growth.
3. Additionally, climate and environmental hazards have displaced millions of children from their homes, exposing them to increased vulnerabilities.
Demographic Shifts and Regional Impacts
1. The global child population is projected to stabilize at around 2.3 billion by the 2050s. However, this stabilization masks significant regional changes.
2. South Asia, eastern and southern Africa, and western and Central Africa will have the largest child populations.
3. These regions already struggle to meet children’s basic needs and face significant risks from climate change. They also lack adequate digital infrastructure to support their growing populations.
Frontier Technologies and Opportunities
1. The report outlines the potential for frontier technologies to improve children’s lives significantly. Advances in artificial intelligence, neurotechnology, renewable energy, and vaccines could enhance child welfare in the future.
2. Digitalization also offers opportunities to empower children, but it comes with risks, such as increased exposure to online sexual exploitation and abuse.
3. The report notes a stark digital divide, with over 95% of people in high-income countries connected to the internet, compared to just 26% in low-income countries.
4. This lack of access exacerbates inequalities, particularly in regions with rapidly growing child populations.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and index
WIPO 2024 Report
Source: This post on WIPO 2024 Report has been created based on the article “India secures position in top 10 countries in Patents, Trademarks, and Industrial Designs: WIPO 2024 Report”
published in PIB on 13th November 2024.Why in news?
The World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) highlights India’s advances in the 2024 World Intellectual Property Indicators (WIPI) report.
India has entered the top 10 globally for patents, trademarks, and industrial designs, reflecting its growing influence in intellectual property (IP).
Highlights of the report
1. India led the top 20 origins in 2023 with a 15.7% growth in patent applications, marking five consecutive years of double-digit increases.
2. India ranks sixth worldwide with 64,480 patent applications, over half of which (55.2%) were resident filings—a first for the nation.
3. Patent grants surged by 149.4% compared to 2022, showcasing rapid evolution in India’s IP ecosystem.
4. Industrial design applications increased by 36.4%, highlighting growth in manufacturing, product design, and creative industries. Textiles and Accessories, Tools and Machines, and Health and Cosmetics sectors contributed to nearly half of these filings.
5. Long-Term Growth in IP Filings: From 2018 to 2023, India’s patent and industrial design applications more than doubled, and trademark filings grew by 60%. India’s patent-to-GDP ratio increased from 144 to 381 over the last decade, illustrating IP growth alongside economic expansion.
6. Top Rankings in Trademarks: India ranked fourth globally in trademark filings, achieving a 6.1% increase in 2023, with nearly 90% from resident applicants.
Key sectors: Health (21.9%), Agriculture (15.3%), and Clothing (12.8%).
7. India’s trademark office holds the second-largest number of active registrations globally, with over 3.2 million trademarks in force.
6. Global IP Trends: Worldwide, 3.55 million patent applications were filed in 2023, marking a 2.7% increase from 2022, with strong contributions from Asia. China, the U.S., Japan, South Korea, and India were major contributors, with a notable rise in resident filings, indicating a focus on local innovation.
UPSC Syllabus: Report and index
World Solar Report
Source: The post World Solar Report is based on the article “ISA releases World Solar Report series” published in “PIB” on 6th November 2024
Why in the News?
Recently, during the 7th Assembly of the International Solar Alliance (ISA), four key reports were released, focusing on the rapid advancements in solar energy and sustainable practices worldwide.
The four reports include the World Solar Market Report, World Investment Report, World Technology Report, and *Green Hydrogen Readiness Assessment for African Countries.
Key Highlights of Each Report:
1. World Solar Market Report: Unprecedented Growth in Solar Capacity:
i) Global Solar Capacity Surge: Since 2000, global solar capacity has expanded from 1.22 GW to an impressive 1,418.97 GW in 2023, marking a 40% annual growth rate. In 2023 alone, 345.83 GW was added, making up 75% of new renewable energy capacity worldwide.
ii) Manufacturing Exceeds Demand: By the end of 2024, solar manufacturing capacity is expected to surpass 1,100 GW, doubling anticipated PV panel demand. Prices for solar cells and advanced modules have dropped significantly, promoting affordability.
iii) Employment Growth: Solar industry jobs have reached 7.1 million, with solar contributing a substantial 44% increase from 2022 figures.
Solar capacity could reach between 5,457 and 7,203 GW by 2030, driven by international climate commitments.
2. World Investment Report: Shifts in Global Energy Investments
i) Rising Energy Investments: Total global energy investments have grown from $2.4 trillion in 2018 to an expected $3.1 trillion by 2024. Clean energy investments now outpace fossil fuel investments, reaching $2 trillion.
ii) Dominance of Solar Investments: Solar energy leads in renewable investments, accounting for 59% of total renewable energy investments in 2023, mainly due to reduced panel costs.
Regional Leadership: The APAC region leads global solar investment with $223 billion, followed by EMEA ($91 billion) and AMER ($78 billion).
3. World Technology Report: Advancements in Solar Technology
Record Efficiency in PV Modules: Monocrystalline solar PV modules have reached a new efficiency high of 24.9%. Multijunction perovskite cells promise higher efficiency and lower production costs, challenging traditional silicon panels.
Material Innovation: Solar manufacturing now uses 88% less silicon per watt than in 2004, highlighting strides in efficiency and environmental benefits.
Cost Reduction in Utility-Scale PV: The levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) for utility-scale solar has dropped by 90%, from $0.46/kWh in 2010 to $0.044/kWh in 2023.
4. Green Hydrogen Readiness in African Countries
Potential for Decarbonization: Green hydrogen, produced through renewable-powered electrolysis, offers an alternative to fossil fuels for industries like steel and fertilizer production, especially in Africa.
Country Assessments: Countries like Egypt, Morocco, and Namibia are evaluated for their green hydrogen potential, focusing on economic feasibility, financing, and risk management.
UPSC Syllabus: Report and index
Cyberfraud Losses Projected to Reach 0.7% of GDP
Source: This post on Cyberfraud Losses Projected to Reach 0.7% of GDP has been created based on the article “Cyberfraud losses could amount to 0.7% of GDP, projects Ministry’s study” published in The Hindu on 24th October 2024.
Why in news?
A recent study by the Indian Cyber Crime Coordination Centre (I4C), under the Union Home Ministry, projects significant financial losses due to cyberfraud.
Findings of the study
1. ₹1.2 Lakh Crore Loss Expected: Over ₹1.2 lakh crore is expected to be lost to cyberfrauds in India over the next year, which could account for 0.7% of the country’s GDP.
2. Major Role of Mule Accounts: Mule bank accounts play a significant role in facilitating financial scams, often used to siphon funds through multiple accounts before the money is withdrawn.
3. International Scams Linked to China: A large portion of these frauds originate from China or Chinese-linked entities. However, some scams are domestically operated, with funds withdrawn from ATMs after being transferred through several accounts.
4. 4,000 Mule Accounts Detected Daily: The I4C’s Citizen Financial Cyber Fraud Reporting and Management System identifies around 4,000 mule bank accounts every day.
5. ATM Hotspots for Fraudulent Withdrawals: Eighteen ATM hotspots have been identified across India where fraudulent cash withdrawals take place. Overseas ATM withdrawals using debit cards linked to mule accounts have been reported in countries such as Dubai, Hong Kong, Bangkok, and Russia.
6. Emergence of Scam Hubs: Scam compounds resembling call centres have emerged in South East Asian countries like Cambodia, Myanmar, and Laos. These hubs are used for investment scams, where fraudsters — often from India — make calls to unsuspecting individuals using Indian mobile numbers.
UPSC Syllabus: Report and index
BRICS Reaches Clean Energy Milestone by End of 2024
Source: This post on BRICS Reaches Clean Energy Milestone by End of 2024 has been created based on the article “BRICS nations hit clean energy milestone: Fossil fuels to drop under 50% by end of 2024 for first time” published in Down to Earth on 23rd October 2024.
Why in news?
A report from the Global Energy Monitor highlights a significant turning point for the BRICS nations, where clean energy development is accelerating despite continued investments in coal, oil, and gas.
Major Energy Transition for BRICS
1. The BRICS group includes Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa, and recently added members Iran, UAE, Ethiopia, and Egypt. They are collectively responsible for a third of global GDP and carbon emission.
2. BRICS is now rapidly transitioning from coal, oil, and gas to renewable energy.
3. As per the report, BRICS nations will see fossil fuel capacity fall below 50% of their total installed power capacity by the end of 2024.
4. This marks the first time the BRICS group has crossed this milestone, showing a shift toward cleaner energy sources.
5. Non-Fossil Power Growth in 2024: In 2024, BRICS countries have added 190 GW of non-fossil power capacity, mostly from wind and solar.In contrast, only 72 GW of fossil fuel power is set to be added this year, showing a significant pivot toward renewables.
6. Renewable vs. Fossil Capacity: By the end of the year, BRICS will have approximately 2,289 GW of renewable energy capacity, surpassing the 2,245 GW from fossil fuels. Comparatively, the European Union reached this 50% renewable energy mark in the early 2010s, and the G7 achieved it only last year.
BRICS Renewable Capacity Set to Triple by 2030
Rapid Expansion of Renewable Projects: BRICS nations are fast-tracking renewable energy projects, with 1,550 GW of wind and utility-scale solar either under construction or planned. Including hydropower, renewable projects outpace fossil fuel projects by nearly three to one.
Alignment with Global Climate Goals: BRICS is on track to nearly triple its renewable capacity by 2030, supporting global efforts to limit warming to 1.5°C. If current trends continue, BRICS could see a 2.5-fold increase in total renewable capacity by the end of the decade.
Challenges in the Clean Energy Transition
Continued Fossil Fuel Investments: Despite progress, BRICS countries, except for Ethiopia, are still developing new coal, oil, and gas projects. Planned projects could increase coal capacity by 36% and oil and gas capacity by 53%, posing a challenge to the renewable transition.
Balancing Act for BRICS: The ongoing investment in fossil fuels creates tension with environmental goals. James Norman from Global Energy Monitor (GEM) emphasizes that while the clean energy transition is real, BRICS’ continued coal projects risk undermining their achievements in renewable energy.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and index
World Bank Report Highlights Poverty and Climate Challenges
Source: This post on World Bank Report Highlights Poverty and Climate Challenges has been created based on the article “Extreme weather obstacle to an equitable world, as 3.53 billion people continue to live in poverty” published in Down to Earth on 21st October 2024.
Why in news?
According to the World Bank’s latest report, extreme weather will be a significant obstacle to achieving a more equitable world, with 3.53 billion people still living in poverty in 2024.
Findings of the report
1. Climate shocks, including extreme weather events, devastate livelihoods and trap vulnerable populations in a cycle of poverty.
These shocks are especially difficult to recover from, particularly for those living in low-income countries without access to adequate infrastructure and resources.
2. In 2024, 692 million people are living in extreme poverty, defined as subsisting on less than $2.15 per day.
When measured against the higher poverty standard of $6.85 per day, 43.6% of the global population or approximately 3.53 billion people are classified as living in poverty.
3. The slow progress in poverty alleviation reflects a “polycrisis” caused by factors such as the pandemic, slow economic growth, increased conflict, and climate change.
4. In 2024, South Asia is home to 1.48 billion poor people, while Sub-Saharan Africa has 1.11 billion poor people. Together, these regions account for 73% of the global poor.
5. By 2030, 7.3% of the world’s population could still be living on less than $2.15 a day, which is more than double the global goal of reducing extreme poverty to 3%.
6. Long-Term Poverty Reduction Goals: It could take over a century to lift individuals above the $6.85 per day threshold, according to current projections.
7. Rising Income Disparities: The World Bank’s report warns of growing income inequality, particularly in Sub-Saharan Africa and Latin America, with many countries in these regions showing Gini index scores above 40.
8. High Inequality in Southern and Central Africa: Inequality is most pronounced in Southern and Central Africa, exacerbating the challenge of poverty reduction.
9. Climate Shocks and Economic Growth
i) Vulnerability to Extreme Weather: South Asia, with 88.1% of its population exposed to climate risks, and Sub-Saharan Africa, home to the highest number of people at severe risk, are particularly vulnerable to climate shocks such as floods, heatwaves, and cyclones.
ii) Need for Inclusive Economic Growth: The World Bank emphasizes the importance of inclusive economic growth to lift people out of poverty. This growth must be complemented by investments in education, healthcare, infrastructure, and access to markets.
10. Building Resilience to Climate Impacts
i) Targeted Climate Adaptation Strategies: Sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia require targeted adaptation strategies to withstand the impacts of extreme weather. The report calls for stronger social protection systems, including healthcare, education, and employment opportunities.
ii) Progressive Fiscal Policies: Countries must adopt progressive fiscal policies that increase domestic revenue while reducing inequality, ensuring that vulnerable populations benefit from economic growth.
iii) Strengthening Insurance Mechanisms: To protect vulnerable populations from falling deeper into poverty during climate disasters, the report recommends strengthening insurance mechanisms and other safety nets.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and Index
Global Hunger Index 2024 report
Source-This post on Global Hunger Index 2024 report is based on the article “What does the Global Hunger Index 2024 state about India?” published in “The Hindu” on 17th october 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, Global Hunger Index 2024 was released by Concern Worldwide and Welthungerhilfe. It indicates that India faces a ‘serious’ hunger situation, ranking 105th out of 127 countries.
India’s Hunger Situation in 2024
1. India scores 27.3, placing it at 105th out of 127 countries.
On this scale, a score under 9.9 represents low hunger levels, 10-19.9 signifies moderate hunger, 35-49.9 is alarming, and scores above 50 are classified as extremely alarming.
2. Indicators Used for Ranking:
Indicators Status Undernourishment 13.7% of India’s population has inadequate caloric intake. Child Stunting 35.5% of children under five are stunted, indicating chronic undernutrition. Child Wasting India has the highest global rate, with 18.7% of children under five experiencing wasting (low weight relative to height). Child Mortality 2.9% of children do not survive past their fifth birthday. India’s Efforts and Areas for Improvement
1. Political Will and Initiatives: The report acknowledges India’s initiatives like the National Food Security Act, Poshan Abhiyan, PMGKAY, and the National Mission for Natural Farming as significant steps toward addressing hunger and malnutrition.
2. Intergenerational Undernutrition: The report highlights a pattern of undernutrition passed down through generations, linking maternal malnutrition and low birth weight with high child wasting rates.
3. GDP Growth and Nutritional Security: The report notes that economic growth does not automatically translate into reduced hunger and emphasizes the need for pro-poor policies that also address social and economic inequalities.
Proposed Solutions
1. Enhanced Social Safety Nets: Recommendations include expanding access to Public Distribution Scheme (PDS), PMGKAY, and Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) for improved food security.
2. Investments in Agriculture and Diversified Food Production: Advocates for a holistic food systems approach that emphasizes ecological and nutritious crops like millets.
3. Maternal and Child Health Investments: Suggests improving sanitation, water, and hygiene to support better health outcomes for mothers and children.
4. Integration with Gender and Climate Change: Calls for policies that consider the interplay between nutrition, gender, and climate resilience.
UPSC Syllabus: Index and reports
India’s Decline on the Academic Freedom Index
Source: This post on India’s Decline on the Academic Freedom Index has been created based on the article “India slipped on academic freedom index over the past decade: report” published in The Hindu on 8th October 2024.
Why in news?
India’s Academic Freedom Index rankings have significantly declined over the past decade.
About Academic Freedom Index (AFI)
About: The Academic Freedom Index (AFI) offers a distinct approach to understanding and evaluating academic freedom globally.
Released by: Global Public Policy Institute (GPPi) in collaboration with Scholars at Risk (SAR) and V-Dem Institute (Varieties of Democracy)
Indicators: It measures actual levels of academic freedom using five key indicators: the freedom to conduct research and teach; the freedom of academic exchange and dissemination; institutional autonomy; campus integrity; and the freedom of academic and cultural expression.
Score Range: From 0 (indicating complete repression) to 1 (indicating full academic freedom).
Scores are derived from expert surveys and institutional data.Annual report: The annual report, published as part of the “Free to Think” series by Scholars at Risk.
India’s Performance:
1. India’s score dropped from 0.6 to 0.2 between 2013 and 2023, marking the lowest score since the mid-1940s.
2. Scholars at Risk is a network of 665 universities worldwide, which monitors global threats to academic freedom.
3. The report states that the BJP-led Union government has been exerting political control over universities, often pushing a Hindu nationalist agenda.
4. Policies restricting student protests have been implemented, particularly at Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU) and South Asian University (SAU).
UPSC Syllabus: Index and reports
Comprehensive Overview of National Health Account (NHA) Estimates for 2020-21 and 2021-22
Source- This post on the Comprehensive Overview of National Health Account (NHA) Estimates for 2020-21 and 2021-22 has been created based on the article “National Health Account (NHA) Estimates 2020-21 and 2021-22” published in “PIB” on 5th October 2024.
Why in the news?
The Ministry of Health and Family Welfare has released the eighth and ninth editions of the National Health Account (NHA) estimates for the fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22.
Major findings
1. Government Health Expenditure (GHE): GHE has steadily increased. GHE as a percentage of GDP rose from 1.13% in 2014-15 to 1.84% in 2021-22. The share of GHE in General Government Expenditure (GGE) also increased.
2. Decline in Out-of-Pocket Expenditure (OOPE): The share of Out-of-Pocket Expenditure (OOPE) in the Total Health Expenditure (THE) dropped significantly, from 62.6% in 2014-15 to 39.4% in 2021-22. This reduction highlights the success of government measures aimed at expanding healthcare access and reducing financial burdens on households.
3. Increased Government Share in Total Health Expenditure (THE): The government’s contribution to THE increased from 29% in 2014-15 to 48% in 2021-22. This rise points to greater reliance on public health services and a reduced financial burden on citizens. The growth in GHE aligns with government efforts to improve healthcare infrastructure and enhance financial protection.
4. Growth in Social Security Expenditure (SSE) on Health: Social Security Expenditure (SSE), which includes government-funded health insurance and medical reimbursements, increased from 5.7% of THE in 2014-15 to 8.7% in 2021-22. The increase in SSE is key to reducing out-of-pocket expenses and ensuring that healthcare access does not lead to financial hardship or poverty.
5. Distribution of Current Health Expenditure (CHE): In 2020-21, the Union Government contributed Rs. 81,772 crores (12.33% of CHE), and state governments contributed Rs. 1,38,944 crores (20.94%). Contributions from enterprises, NGOs, and external donors also played a crucial role in supporting India’s healthcare system during this period.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and Index
Travel & Tourism Development Index (TTDI) 2024
Source: The post on Travel & Tourism Development Index (TTDI) 2024 is based on the article “Tourism Travel & Tourism Development Index 2024” published in “PIB” on 4th October 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, the Travel and Tourism Development Index (TTDI) 2024 was released.
About Travel and Tourism Development Index (TTDI) 2024
1. Published by: The World Economic Forum
2. India’s Position: India has secured the 39th position among 119 countries in the TTDI 2024.
3. Improved Areas for India: India has shown significant improvements in the following areas: Prioritisation of Travel & Tourism, Safety & Security and Health & Hygiene
4. Government of India’s Initiatives: The Indian government is promoting tourism as a means of social inclusion, employment generation, and economic growth. Tourism is seen as a key sector in driving India’s goal to become a developed nation by 2047.
5. Measures to Boost FTAs: Key initiatives to increase FTAs include promotion of adventure and niche tourism, simplification of e-visa availability, introduction of a 24×7 multilingual tourist helpline, launch of ‘Paryatan Didi’ and ‘Paryatan Mitra’ on World Tourism Day 2024 to ensure a hospitable tourist experience.
6. Government Initiatives: Several initiatives have been undertaken to promote domestic tourism, such as Dekho Apna Desh, PRASHAD Scheme, Vibrant Village Programme, SWADESH 2.0 and Regional Connectivity Scheme (Udaan).
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and Index
Global Innovation Index (GII) 2024
Source – This post on Global Innovation Index (GII) 2024 is based on the article “Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi hails India rising to 39th position in the Global Innovation Index 2024” published in PIB on 28th September 2024.
Why in News?
Recently, the Global Innovation Index (GII) was released by World Intellectual Property Organization.
About Global Innovation Index (GII)
Aspects Description About 1) The GII is a reliable tool for governments worldwide to evaluate the social and economic changes driven by innovation within their countries.
2) It assesses the performance of the innovation ecosystems in 133 economies and monitors the latest global innovation trends.Released by Geneva-based World Intellectual Property Organization Indicators It uses approximately 80 indicators, grouped into innovation inputs and outputs, to assess various facets of innovation across different countries.
1) Innovation Input Sub-Index: Five input pillars capture elements of the economy that enable and facilitate innovative activities.
2) Innovation Output Sub-Index: Innovation outputs are the result of innovative activities within the economy.Although the Output Sub-Index includes only two pillars, it carries the same weight as the Input Sub-Index in calculating the overall GII scores.
The overall GII score is the average of the Input and Output Sub-Indices, on which the GII economy rankings are then produced.India’s Rise in the Global Innovation Index 2024
1. India’s Global Ranking: India climbed to 39th position among 133 global economies in the 2024 Global Innovation Index. The ranking highlights India’s growing innovation capabilities.
2. Regional and Economic Leadership: India is the top performer in Central and Southern Asia. It also ranks first among lower-middle-income economies worldwide.
3. Science and Technology Cluster Ranking: India secured 4th place in the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Science and Technology Cluster Ranking. Major Indian cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Bengaluru, and Chennai are listed among the world’s top 100 Science and Technology clusters.
4. Global Standing in Intangible Asset Intensity: India ranks 7th globally in intangible asset intensity, a key indicator of the country’s growing innovation strength.
5. Consistent Growth in Innovation: India’s position in the Global Innovation Index has steadily improved, rising from 81st in 2015 to 39th in 2024.
6. Innovation Outputs and Inputs in 2024: India ranks 33rd in innovation outputs, reflecting an improvement from last year. It ranks 44th in innovation inputs. India performs better in innovation outputs than in inputs, showcasing the strength of its innovative results.
UPSC Syllabus: Index and reports
Asia Power Index
Source – This post on Asia Power Index is based on the article “India becomes 3rd Most Powerful Nation in Asia, Surpasses Japan in Asia Power Index” published in PIB on 26th September 2024.
Why in News?
Recently, Asia Power Index was released by the Lowy Institute. India has secured the position as the third most powerful nation in Asia, overtaking Japan in the 2024 Asia Power Index.
This reflects India’s growing geopolitical influence, driven by its expanding economy, youthful population, and increasing diplomatic engagement.
About Asia Power Index
1. The Asia Power Index was established by the Lowy Institute in 2018.
2. It measures power dynamics across the Asia-Pacific, evaluating 27 countries.
3. The 2024 edition includes Timor-Leste and provides an in-depth analysis of power distribution across the region. It examines both material resources and the influence countries exert on the international stage.
4. Criteria of Power Measurement: The Asia Power Index uses eight key measures across two broad categories:
Criteria Sub-Criteria Resource-Based Determinants Economic Capability: GDP at PPP, technological advancement, and global economic ties.
Military Capability: Defense spending, military strength, and power projection abilities.
Resilience: Institutional strength and capacity to withstand internal and external threats.
Future Resources: Projected economic, military, and demographic resources for 2035.Influence-Based Determinants Economic Relationships: Leverage through trade, investment, and diplomacy.
Defense Networks: Strength of military alliances and partnerships.
Diplomatic Influence: Reach in multilateral forums and foreign policy ambition.
Cultural Influence: Ability to shape global opinion through media and culture.UPSC Syllabus: Index and Reports
Global Cybersecurity Index 2024
Source- This post on Global Cybersecurity Index 2024 is based on the article “India Achieves Tier 1 Status in Global Cybersecurity Index 2024” published in PIB on 20th September 2024.
Why in News?
India has attained Tier 1 status in the Global Cybersecurity Index (GCI) 2024.
About Global Cybersecurity Index (GCI) 2024
1. Published by: International Telecommunication Union (ITU).
2. Evaluation Criteria: The GCI 2024 assessed national efforts based on five pillars: Legal, Technical, Organizational, Capacity Development and Cooperation.
3. Comprehensive Evaluation: The index used an extensive questionnaire with 83 questions, covering 20 indicators, 64 sub-indicators, and 28 micro-indicators to assess each country’s cybersecurity landscape.
4. The Department of Telecommunications (DoT) represented India in the GCI.
Key Achievements:
1. India ranks among ‘role-modelling’ countries in cybersecurity with a score of 98.49 out of 100.
2. India’s achievement places it at the top level of global cybersecurity rankings, reflecting its strong commitment to cyber resilience and secure digital infrastructure.
Government Initiatives Driving Success:
1. India has established robust frameworks for cybersecurity and cybercrime laws, ensuring the protection of critical digital infrastructure.
2. Sector-specific Computer Incident Response Teams (CSIRTs) provide technical support and incident reporting across various industries, strengthening India’s cybersecurity infrastructure.
3. Education: The integration of cybersecurity into primary and secondary education curricula has been a cornerstone of India’s strategy to cultivate an informed digital citizenry.
4. Public Awareness Campaigns: Targeted initiatives have raised awareness about secure online practices across private industry, public institutions, civil society, and academia.
5. Capacity Building: The Government of India has provided incentives and grants to promote skill development, research, and innovation within the cybersecurity industry.
6. Global Partnerships: India has engaged in numerous bilateral and multilateral collaborations, further strengthening its capabilities in capacity building and information sharing on the global stage.
UPSC Syllabus: Index and reports
Justice Hema Committee Report
Source- This post on Justice Hema Committee Report has been created based on the article “What Justice Hema Committee report says, why its release was delayed” published in “The Indian Express” on 22 August 2024.
Why in News?
The Kerala government has recently released the Justice Hema Committee report. The report’s release was postponed for nearly five years, mainly due to concerns about the sensitive information it contained and the potential breach of privacy for those involved.
About the Justice Hema Committee
1. The Justice Hema Committee was formed by the Kerala government in July 2017.
2. It was formed in response to the abduction and sexual assault of a leading Malayalam actress, which highlighted the broader issue of discrimination against women in the Malayalam film industry.
3. The committee was tasked with investigating issues of sexual harassment and gender inequality in the industry.
Key Findings of the Justice Hema Committee Report
1. Prevalence of Sexual Harassment: The report reveals a pervasive culture of sexual harassment in the Malayalam film industry, including the existence of the casting couch, vulgar comments, and instances where male co-actors would force themselves into the rooms of female colleagues.
2. Fear of Retribution: Many women in the industry do not report sexual harassment due to fear of retribution. The report notes that this fear is well-founded, with women also facing cyber harassment from fan clubs as a form of intimidation.
3. Influence of a Male-Dominated Mafia: The report highlights the existence of an all-male “mafia” of influential actors and producers who control the industry, wielding their power with impunity and suppressing any opposition.
4. Lack of Basic Facilities for Women: The report points out the inadequate facilities for women on film sets, such as the lack of proper toilets and changing rooms, which exposes women to health risks like urinary tract infections.
5. Gender Pay Disparity: The report attributes the gender pay gap in the industry to the absence of written contracts, which disproportionately affects women.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and indices
Multidimensional Vulnerability Index
Source- This post on Multidimensional Vulnerability Index has been created based on the article “UN launches new way to measure nations’ economic vulnerability” published in “The Hindu” on 19 August 2024.
Why in News?
Recently, the UN General Assembly officially launched the “Multidimensional Vulnerability Index” (MVI) aimed at providing small island states and developing nations with better access to low-interest financing.
About Multidimensional Vulnerability Index (MVI)
Aspects Description About 1) The Multidimensional Vulnerability Index (MVI) is a newly established international quantitative benchmark.
2) It is designed to measure structural vulnerability and the lack of structural resilience across various dimensions of sustainable development at the national level.
The United Nations is actively collaborating with SIDS to develop and implement the MVI.Purpose 1) The MVI is designed to complement traditional development metrics like GDP.
2) It aims to address the specific needs of small island developing states (SIDS) and other developing nations that face unique vulnerabilities but do not qualify for low-interest development financing based on GDP per capita alone.Key Indicators in the MVI The MVI incorporates a range of indicators reflecting a state’s structural vulnerabilities and lack of resilience, including:
i) Import dependency
ii) Exposure to extreme weather events and pandemics
iii) Impacts of regional violence and refugee crises
iv) Demographic pressure
v) Availability of water and arable land resources
vi) Child mortality under the age of fiveLimitations of Traditional Measures 1) Traditional metrics, such as Gross National Income (GNI), often fail to adequately capture the vulnerabilities faced by SIDS.
2) These traditional measures make it difficult for SIDS to access necessary financing for development.Applications of the MVI The MVI will play a crucial role in guiding:
i) Programmatic support for SIDS
ii) Viable debt service payment strategies
iii) Financing for sustainable development initiatives tailored to the specific challenges of SIDS.UPSC Syllabus: Index
Findings of Migration Survey in India (2020-21)
Source- This post on Findings of Migration Survey in India (2020-21) has been created based on the article “A snapshot of migration in India” published in “The Hindu” on 19 August 2024.
Why in News?
The findings of migration Survey in India (2020-21) were released recently.
Key Findings from the Migration Survey in India (2020-21)
Aspects Description Largest Migrant Group Migrants moving from Uttar Pradesh (U.P.) to Maharashtra constituted the largest group of all external migrants. Top Host States for External Migrants Maharashtra hosted the highest share of external migrants, followed by Uttar Pradesh and West Bengal. Major Contributor States Uttar Pradesh was the leading contributor of migrants, followed by Maharashtra, West Bengal, and Bihar. Significant Migration Corridors The U.P. to Maharashtra migration route was the most significant for external migrants, followed by migrations from Gulf countries to Kerala and from U.P. to Delhi. Economic Migration 1. Approximately 22% of migrants moved for economic reasons, including better employment prospects, business, and service transfers.
2. The largest economic migration flows were from U.P. to Maharashtra, U.P. to Delhi, and Bihar to West Bengal.Marriage as a Major Migration Reason 1) Marriage accounted for 68.2% of all migration reasons.
2) The top migration routes due to marriage were from U.P. to Maharashtra, Bihar to Jharkhand, and Madhya Pradesh to U.P.Top Migrant-Hosting Districts Suburban Mumbai hosted the highest number of migrants, followed by Pune and Thane in Maharashtra. UPSC Syllabus: Index and reports
State of the World’s Forests 2024
Source- This post on the State of the World’s Forests 2024 has been created based on the article “State of the World’s Forests 2024: Global efforts curb deforestation, but threats to forests from wildfires and pests remain” published in “Down to Earth” on 27 July 2024.
Why in the news?
The “State of the World’s Forests 2024” report, released by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO). It provides a comprehensive analysis of global forest conditions and trends, revealing both positive developments and ongoing challenges.
Key Highlights of the report
1. The report highlights a decline in deforestation rates compared to previous decades. Several countries have shown significant improvements in forest conservation.
2. Forest Coverage: As of 2020, global forest coverage was approximately 4.1 billion hectares (ha), or 31 percent of the land area. Major contributors to global forest area include:
i) Russia, Brazil, Canada, the United States of America, and China are top five countries collectively accounting for 54 percent of the global forest area.
ii) Australia, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Indonesia, Peru, and India, among others, contributing to about two-thirds of the global forest area.
3. Deforestation Trends: Between 1990 and 2020, around 420 million hectares of forest were converted to other land uses. Deforestation rates decreased from 15.8 million hectares per year (1990-2002) to 10.2 million hectares per year (2015-2020).
4. Regional Deforestation Rates:
i) Africa: 4.41 million hectares
ii) South America: 2.95 million hectares
iii) Asia: 2.24 million hectares
5. Forest Area Gains: In 2020, ten countries recorded annual gains in forest area, including China, Australia, India, Chile, Viet Nam, Turkey, the United States of America, France, Italy, and Romania.
6. India ranked third globally in forest area gains, with an annual increase of 266,000 hectares from 2010-2020.
7. Mangrove Forests:
i) The global mangrove area was recorded at 14.8 million hectares, with South and Southeast Asia contributing almost 44 percent of the total.
ii) The rate of gross global mangrove loss decreased by 23 percent between 2000-2010 and 2010-2020, though the rate of gain in mangrove area also decreased slightly.
iii) Asia was a major contributor to both mangrove loss and gains.
8. Impact of Fires:
i) An estimated 340-370 million hectares of the earth’s land area are impacted by annual fires.
ii) Satellite data revealed that total fires in 2023 emitted 6,687 megatons of carbon dioxide globally, more than double the emissions from the European Union’s fossil fuel consumption.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
Status of Garment sector in India
Source- This post on the Status of Garment sector in India has been created based on the article “India’s garment export woes self-inflicted: report” published in “The Hindu” on 22 July 2024.
Why in the news?
Recently, Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI) published its report.
Status of Garment sector in India
1. A report by the Global Trade Research Initiative (GTRI) highlights that India’s garment export sector is struggling due to high duties, import barriers, and complex customs procedures.
2. In 2023-24, garment exports were $14.5 billion, down from $15 billion in 2013-14, while Vietnam and Bangladesh saw significant growth in their exports.
Key highlights of the report:
1. Comparative Decline: Vietnam’s garment exports grew by 82% to $33.4 billion, and Bangladesh’s by 70% to $43.8 billion, whereas India’s exports decreased.
2. Import Restrictions: High duties and complicated import procedures for raw materials, especially synthetic fabrics, are major hurdles for Indian exporters.
3. Domestic Issues: Quality control orders for fabric imports have increased costs for exporters, forcing reliance on more expensive domestic supplies.
4. Procedural Complexity: Outdated customs and trade procedures require meticulous tracking of all imported materials, adding to exporters’ burdens.
5. PLI Scheme Ineffective: The production-linked incentive (PLI) scheme for textiles, launched in 2021, has not attracted significant investment and needs revision.
6. Rising Imports: India’s garment and textiles imports grew to nearly $9.2 billion in 2023, with further increases expected if export declines are not addressed.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and index
Study related to decline in life expectancy post Covid
Source- This post on India’s lost 2.6 years’ life expectancy between 2019 and 2020 has been created based on the article “Covid-19: India lost 2.6 years’ life expectancy between 2019 and 2020” published in “Business Standard” on 20 July 2024.
Why in the news?
In the aftermath of COVID-19, India experienced a significant decline in life expectancy, with the most substantial losses observed among socially disadvantaged groups.
Key Findings from the Study
1. India lost 2.6 years in life expectancy between 2019 and 2020, a decline greater than that observed in high-income countries.
2. The decline was more pronounced among females, who lost 3.1 years, compared to males, who lost 2.1 years.
3. Age-Specific Impact:
i) The decline in life expectancy was higher among individuals aged 50-60.
ii) There were significant increases in mortality in the age groups 0-19 and 60-79 among females, and in the age group 40-59 among males.
iii) In high-income countries, the decline in life expectancy was primarily due to increased mortality above age 60, especially above age 80.
4. Social Group Disparities:
i) Muslims experienced the largest decline in life expectancy, from 68.8 years in 2019 to 63.4 years in 2020, a loss of 5.4 years.
ii) Scheduled Tribes saw a reduction of 4.1 years.
ii) Scheduled Castes experienced a reduction of 2.7 years.
iv) Both OBCs and high caste Hindus experienced a decline of 1.3 years each.
5. Gender and Social Group Analysis:
i) Muslim females experienced a loss of 6.6 years in life expectancy, compared to a loss of 4.6 years for Muslim males.
ii) Scheduled Castes females experienced a loss of 4.6 years, compared to a loss of 1.1 years for SC males.
iii) Scheduled Tribes males experienced a higher loss of 5.4 years, compared to 2.7 years for ST females.
iv) Females from OBCs and high caste Hindus experienced a loss of 1.9 years each, compared to a loss of 0.7 years for OBC males and 0.9 years for high caste Hindu males.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
SDG India Index Report
Source- This post on the SDG India Index Report has been created based on the article “India shows good progress on SDGs: NITI Aayog report” published in “The Hindu” on 13 July 2024.
Why in the news?
Recently, NITI Aayog released its fourth evaluation report of India’s progress on the 16 sustainable development goals (SDGs) adopted in 2015 by all United Nations member countries.
About SDG India Index Report
1. It is released by NITI aayog.
2. The SDG India Index evaluates progress made across 16 goals on a scale of 1 to 100.
Performance of the states in SDG India Index
1. India’s SDG score improved to 71 points in 2023-24 from 66 points in 2020-21.
2. Key Drivers: Progress in poverty reduction, economic growth, and climate action contributed to the improvement.
3. Top Performers:
i) Kerala and Uttarakhand: Both states topped the SDG India Index with a score of 79 points each.
ii) Lowest Performers: Bihar was the worst performer with 57 points, followed by Jharkhand with 62 points.
iii) Highest Gains: Punjab, Manipur, West Bengal, and Assam recorded the highest increases, each gaining 8 points to scores of 76, 72, 70, and 65 respectively.
4. Achievements:
i) The goal of reducing poverty saw a significant increase in points.
ii) There was notable progress in achieving decent work and fostering economic growth.
iii) Efforts to protect and manage life on land also showed a substantial improvement.
iv) The goal of achieving gender equality recorded the smallest increase in points.
v) Similarly, the goal related to peace, justice, and strong institutions saw minimal progress.
vi) The goal of reducing inequalities experienced a decline, dropping to 65 points in 2022-23 from 67 points in 2020-21.
vii) Inequality Trends: Despite a marginal drop in the Reduced Inequalities goal, overall inequality in India has decreased. The gap in consumption between the richest 10% and the bottom 10% has contracted.
viii) Taxpayer Increase: The number of taxpayers has increased, indicating economic progress.
ix) Zero Poverty: Increased by 8 points to 72, reflecting reduced extreme poverty and improved livelihoods across India.
x) Zero Hunger: Increased by 5 points to 52, but further focus is needed on providing nutritious food to address malnourishment, stunting, and low BMI scores.
5. Areas of Concern:
i) Gender Equality: Received the lowest score of 49 points, with only a 1-point increase from 2020-21.
ii) Issues: Low sex ratio at birth, women’s ownership of land and assets, and low participation of women in the labor force.
UPSC Syllabus: Indices and reports
UN Report on India’s Population Growth
Source- This post on the UN Report on India’s Population Growth has been created based on the article “India’s population to peak at 1.7bn in 2060s, decline afterwards; China and Japan’s population to reduce significantly” published in “LiveMint” on 12 July 2024.
Why in the news?
Recently, the UN estimated that India will remain the world’s most populous country for the entire century.
Key Hilghlights of the UN Report on India’s Population Growth
Key Highlights on Indian Population
1. According to a UN report, India’s population is projected to reach 1.5 billion by 2100 which will be double that of China’s projected 633 million.
2. Current Population: India’s current population is estimated at 1.451 billion which is nine million more than previously estimated two years ago.
3. By 2085, India’s population will be 1.61 billion, twice that of China’s 806 million.
4. India’s Demographic Transition: India’s population is expected to peak at 1.701 billion in 2061. The working-age population in India will peak by 2049, reaching 1.027 million.
5. Fertility Rates: India’s fertility rate fell below the replacement level of 2.1 in 2020 and is currently at 1.962.
Key Highlights on the Global Population
1. Global Population Rankings by 2100: By 2100, India and China will be followed in population rankings by Pakistan with 511 million people, Nigeria with 477 million, the Democratic Republic of the Congo with 431 million, and the United States with 421 million. The population growth in the United States will primarily be driven by immigration.
2. Global Population Trends: The global population is projected to peak at 10.29 billion in 2084. An aging China is expected to lose around half of its population over the next 75 years. The global fertility rate in 2024 is 2.25 births per woman, which is below the replacement level in over half of all countries.
3. Immigration and Population Growth: Immigration is expected to be a major driver of population growth in 62 countries through 2100. Many countries have already experienced population peaks due to low fertility rates.
4. Life Expectancy: Life expectancy has returned to pre-pandemic levels and is projected to increase to 77.4 years by 2054. By 2054, more than half of global deaths are likely to occur at age 80 or higher.
5. Child Mortality: The number of deaths among children under five fell below 5 million for the first time in 2023. However, high levels of child mortality persist in regions such as the Democratic Republic of the Congo, India, Nigeria, and Pakistan.
UPSC Syllabus: Report
Holistic Progress Card
Source-This post on Holistic Progress Card has been created based on the article “New report card for Classes 9 -12 to cover post-school plans, entrance exams prep and college applications” published in “The Indian Express” on 1 July 2024.
Why in the news?
PARAKH, a standard-setting body under NCERT, recently released the Holistic Progress Card, a report card designed for secondary school students (Classes 9 to 12). Similar HPCs were earlier designed for students from classes 1 to 8.
About Holistic Progress Card
Objective-To transform evaluations by focusing on diverse skills and competencies, instead of just the performance in periodic pen-and-paper tests and exams.
Applicability-Classes 9 to 12
Implementation– It will not be used in the ongoing 2024-25 academic session.
Features-
A) Teachers and officials will receive training for its implementation. States have the option to either implement the HPC released by NCERT or adapt it according to their requirements..
B) The HPC differs from internal marks in Board exam evaluations. It reflects the child’s academic achievements over the years and is intended to enhance the Board exam results. It will be integrated with the Board results.
C)The progress card includes various sections like the one where students assess themselves on skills like ‘time management‘ and ‘plans after school‘.
D) It includes an ‘accomplishments inventory‘ covering academic skills such as independent work/research and critical and creative thinking, as well as life skills like understanding the value of money and budgeting etc.
E) It includes the teacher’s assessment of the student in group projects, the student’s reflections on their own performance, and peer feedback on their understanding and contributions to the project.
What is the significance of Holistic Progress Card for classes 9 to 12?
1) It will realign school report cards with the National Curriculum Framework for School Education (NCFSE).
Read More-Govt. releases pre-draft of National Curriculum Framework for school
2) It will contribute towards bringing equivalence across different boards.
UPSC Syllabus-Index and Reports
Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2024
Source- This post “Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2024” has been created based in the World Bank’s article published on 12th June 2024.
Why in News?
According to the recently released “Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2024“, the the world is not on course to achieve the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 7 for energy by 2030.
SDG 7 aims to ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy. The SDG 7 goal includes reaching universal access to electricity and clean cooking, doubling historic levels of efficiency improvements, and substantially increasing the share of renewables in the global energy mix.
About the Report and its important Findings
Released By The Report is released annually by the five custodian agencies. The agencies are as follows-
1. The International Energy Agency (IEA)
2. The International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA)
3. The United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD)
4. The World Bank
5. The World Health Organization (WHO)Focus of the Report This report summarizes global progress on energy access, energy efficiency, renewable energy, clean cooking, and international cooperation to advance SDG 7. Highlights of the Report 1.Insufficient Progress- While the share of renewables in global electricity consumption has increased to 28.2%, this is still insufficient to reach the targets set forth in the SDGs.
2. Offtrack in achieving universal access to clean cooking- The world remains off track to achieve universal access to clean cooking by 2030. 2.1 billion people still live without access to clean cooking fuels and technologies, largely in Sub-Saharan Africa and Asia.
3. Increase in the number of people living without electricity- The number of people living without electricity grew for the first time in over a decade.
4. Premature Deaths- Household air pollution created by using polluting fuels and technologies for cooking results in 3.2 million premature deaths each year.
5. Increase in per-capita installed energy-generating capacity- The installed renewable energy-generating capacity per capita has reached a new record in 2022 at 424 watts per capita globally.
However considerable disparities exist between the developed and the developing countries. Developed countries (at 1,073 watts per capita) have 3.7 times more capacity installed than developing countries (at 293 watts per capita).UPSC Syllabus- Reports and Indices
Global Gender Gap Report 2024
Source– This post on Global Gender Gap Report 2024 is based on the article “Gender Gap Report 2024: India fares worse than Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, Bhutan; scores low in political parity indices” published in “Down to Earth” on 14th June 2024.
Why in the News?
The World Economic Forum (WEF) has released the Global Gender Gap Report 2024, highlighting persistent gender inequality across various sectors worldwide.
About Global Gender Gap Report 2024
1. The Global Gender Gap Report 2024 is published by the World Economic Forum.
2. It assesses gender parity across four key dimensions: Economic Participation and Opportunity, Educational Attainment, Health and Survival, and Political Empowerment.
3. It is the longest-standing index tracking the progress of numerous countries’ efforts towards closing these gaps over time since its inception in 2006.
Key findings of the report
1. The global gender gap score for all 146 countries included in this edition stands at 68.5%.
2. Among the 101 countries continuously covered since 2006, the gap has also improved by +0.1 points to reach 68.6%.
3. Despite progress, no country has achieved full gender parity. However, 97% of economies included in this edition have closed more than 60% of their gender gap (compared to 85% in 2006).
5. Top-Ranking Countries:
i) Iceland maintained its position as the most gender-equal country for the 14th consecutive year, with a gender gap score of 91.2%.
ii) Norway, Finland, and Sweden also rank high, consistently placing in the top five.
About India’s Performance
1. India is ranked 129 in this year’s index. The ranking reflects a slight regression compared to the previous edition.
2. The decline is primarily due to small decreases in ‘Educational Attainment’ and ‘Political Empowerment.’ Despite the overall decline, there was a slight improvement in ‘Economic Participation and Opportunity.’
3. India ranks the third-lowest among South Asian economies. India fares worse than Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Bhutan.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
Child Nutrition Report 2024
Source– This post on Child Nutrition Report 2024 is based on the article “UNICEF: 1 in 4 young children lives in severe food poverty” published in “VOA” on 12th June 2024.
Why in the News?
According to the recently released Child Nutrition Report 2024, severe food poverty affects one in four children under age 5 around the world.
About Child Nutrition Report 2024
1. Published by: UNICEF.
2. Objective: It examines the status, trends, inequities, and drivers of child food poverty in early childhood.
3. It addresses the impact of global and local food and nutrition crises.
4. It concentrates on low- and middle-income countries where most children experiencing food poverty reside.
5. It explores the effects of child food poverty on undernutrition and poor development.
6. UNICEF defines Child Food Poverty as children’s inability to access and consume a nutritious and diverse diet in early childhood (first five years of life).
Highlights of the 2024 Report
1. Global Impact: One in four children under age 5 worldwide (27% or 181 million) faces severe food poverty and is at risk of life-threatening malnutrition.
2. Regional Distribution: Over two-thirds of the 181 million young children living in severe food poverty are in South Asia and sub-Saharan Africa.
3. Key Countries: 20 countries account for 65% of children living in severe food poverty:
– Afghanistan, Bangladesh, China, Côte d’Ivoire, Democratic Republic of the Congo, Egypt, Ethiopia, Ghana, India, Indonesia, Myanmar, Niger, Nigeria, Pakistan, Philippines, Somalia, South Africa, Uganda, United Republic of Tanzania, Yemen.4. Household Impact: Children in both poor and non-poor households face severe food poverty.
5. Economic Distribution: About half (97 million) of the children in severe food poverty live in middle- and upper-income households.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
World Wealth Report 2024
Source- This post on World Wealth Report 2024 has been created based on the article “Wealth of HNWIs reached unprecedented levels in 2023: Capgemini study” published in “The Hindu” on 8 June 2024.
Why in the News?
The Capgemini Research Institute’s recently published World Wealth Report 2024.
About World Wealth Report 2024
1. Released By: Capgemini Research Institute.
2. Coverage: The report covers 71 countries, representing more than 98% of global gross national income and 99% of the world’s stock market capitalization.
Findings of the report
About Description HNWIs Definition Individuals with investable assets of $1 million or more, excluding their primary residence, collectibles, consumables, and consumer durables. Global HNWI Wealth and Population i) Wealth Expansion: In 2023, global high-net-worth individuals (HNWI) wealth grew by 4.7%, reaching $86.8 trillion.
ii) Population Growth: The HNWI population increased by 5.1% to 22.8 million globally.Wealth Bands i) Ultra-HNWIs: $30 million or more.
ii) Mid-Tier Millionaires: $5-30 million.
iii) Millionaires Next Door: $1-5 million.Performance in the APAC Region i) Top Performers: India and Australia were among the best performers.
ii) Factors: A resilient economy and strong equity market performance drove the wealth growth in these countries.HNWIs in India i) Population Increase: The number of HNWIs in India grew by 12.2% in 2023 compared to 2022, reaching 3.589 million.
ii) Wealth Growth: The financial wealth of India’s HNWIs increased by 12.4% in 2023, reaching $1,445.7 billion, up from $1,286.7 billion in 2022.Economic Indicators in India i) Unemployment Rate: It decreased to 3.1% in 2023, down from 7% in 2022.
ii) Market Capitalization: It increased by 29.0% in 2023, following a 6% increase in 2022.
iii) National Savings: As a percentage of GDP, national savings rose to 33.4% in 2023, compared to 29.9% in 2022.UPSC Syllabus: Reports
Travel & Tourism Development Index 2024
Source-This post on Travel & Tourism Development Index 2024 has been created based on the article “India ranks 39th on the World Economic Forum’s Travel & Tourism Development” published in “Times Travel” on 24 May 2024.
Why in News?
India has raised its ranking in the newly released Travel & Tourism Development Index compared to the previous report.
About Travel & Tourism Development Index 2024
1.This index is second edition and it has evolved from a flagship series produced by the World Economic Forum since 2007.
2. It is developed in partnership with the University of Surrey and incorporating insights from top Travel & Tourism (T&T) stakeholders, thought leaders, and data partners.
3. It evaluates the factors and policies that facilitate sustainable and resilient T&T development.
4. India holds the 39th position, making it the highest-ranked nation in South Asia and among other lower-middle-income economies. This is a notable rise from the 54th position in 2021.
2. Factors Influencing India’s Improved Ranking:
a) Cultural and Natural Attractions: India’s rich cultural heritage and diverse landscapes contribute significantly to its appeal as a travel destination.
b) Investments in Tourism: Increased investments in tourism infrastructure, along with efforts to enhance sustainability and safety in travel and tourism, have positively impacted India’s ranking.
c) Competitive Advantages: India is highly ranked for its price competitiveness (18th), air transport (26th), and ground and port infrastructure (25th).
It stands out as one of only three countries ranked in the top 10 across all resource pillars, with Natural Resources at 6th and Cultural and Non-Leisure Resources at 9th.
Challenges and Current Performance
a) Performance Decline Since 2019: Despite the overall improvement, India’s TTDI score in 2024 is 2.1% lower than in 2019, influenced by global inflation and supply issues.
b) Recovery from Pandemic: While there has been a decline in price competition, and air transport and tourist services have not fully rebounded to 2019 levels, there is optimism as the sector begins to recover post-pandemic.
Global Tourism Trends and Outlook
The lifting of COVID-19 travel restrictions and increased travel demand are expected to drive a significant resurgence in international tourist arrivals.
The travel and tourism sector’s contribution to global GDP is anticipated to return to pre-pandemic levels this year, boosting the global industry.
UPSC Syllabus: Index and Reports
Global Report on Internal Displacement 2024 (GRID-2024)
Source-This post on Global Report on Internal Displacement 2024 (GRID-2024) is based on the article “Weather-related disasters continue to displace more than conflict and violence” published in “Down to Earth” on 17th May 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, Global Report on Internal Displacement 2024 (GRID-2024) was released by the Geneva-based Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre (IDMC).
Finding of the report
1. About the report: The report is published annually by the Geneva-based Internal Displacement Monitoring Centre (IDMC) and documents internal displacements caused by conflict, violence, and disasters.
2. Increase in Total Internally Displaced People: According to the Global Report on Internal Displacement 2024 (GRID-2024), the number of internally displaced people increased to 75.9 million in 2023, up from 71.1 million in 2022.
3. Conflict and Violence:
a) Displacements due to conflict and violence rose significantly in 2023, with 68.3 million people displaced by the end of the year, marking a 49% increase from 2022.
b) The main countries affected included Sudan, Syria, the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC), Colombia, and Yemen, which collectively host nearly half of the world’s internally displaced population.
4. Displacement Due to Natural Disasters
a) Displacements caused by disasters totaled 7.7 million by the end of 2023. Earthquakes accounted for a quarter of these displacements.
b) Significant disaster-related displacements were recorded across 148 countries and territories. Canada and New Zealand reported their highest figures ever.
5. Weather-Related Displacements
a) Although there was a one-third reduction in weather-related displacements in 2023 compared to 2022, they still constituted 56% of all displacements, with 2023 being the third highest year for such displacements in the last decade.
b) This decrease is attributed to the shift from La Nina to El Nino, with La Nina typically associated with more storms and floods, while El Nino often brings drier conditions and droughts.
6. Impact of Global Weather Phenomena on South Asia
a) South Asia, including India, reported its lowest internal displacements since 2018 with 3.7 million displacements, of which 3.6 million were due to disasters.
b) This reduction is linked to the onset of El Nino, which resulted in below-average rainfall during the monsoon and a weaker cyclone season. However, floods and storms continued to cause significant displacements.
7. The increase in conflict and violence-related displacements in 2023 marks a reversal of the previous trend where natural disasters were the primary cause of displacement.
8. The 2022 report highlighted a 40% increase in disaster displacements from the previous year, predominantly due to weather-related events like floods and storms during the prolonged La Nina period.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
Internet Shutdowns in India in 2023
Source-This post on Internet Shutdowns in India in 2023 is based on the article “India records highest number of Internet shutdowns in 2023” published in “The Hindu” on 14th May 2024.
Why in the News?
As per the recent study, India had the highest number of Internet shutdowns globally for the sixth consecutive year.
About Internet Shutdowns in India in 2023
1. India recorded the highest number of Internet shutdowns worldwide for the sixth consecutive year, with 116 incidents in 2023.
The frequency of prolonged shutdowns (lasting over five days) increased dramatically, from 15% of all shutdowns in 2022 to over 41% in 2023.
2. Reasons for Shutdowns: The government often imposed these shutdowns due to reasons such as communal tensions, violence, and exams. Notably, these measures have been criticized both domestically and internationally.
3. Severe Case in Manipur: The longest Internet shutdown occurred in Manipur, amid severe human rights violations. This state experienced 47 of the shutdown orders.
4. Regional vs. Local Shutdowns: Increasingly, shutdowns are being implemented on a regional basis. In 2023, 64 orders affected multiple districts within the same state, including a statewide shutdown in Punjab during a manhunt for Amritpal Singh.
5. Impact on Marginalized Communities: The report emphasized the profound impact on marginalized groups, particularly women in Manipur. The lack of Internet access hindered efforts to document and report atrocities like murder, rape, and arson.
6. Publication of Orders: There was inconsistent compliance with the Supreme Court’s guidelines for publishing Internet shutdown orders, adding to the challenges of accountability.
7. Internet Freedom Over the Decade: Over the past ten years, India has seen over 500 Internet shutdowns, reflecting a frequent use of this contentious measure, especially during protests, exams, elections, and episodes of communal violence.
8. Global Comparison: Myanmar recorded the second-highest number of shutdowns (37), following its 2021 military coup. Iran, Palestine, and Ukraine also featured prominently in the report with numerous shutdowns.
UPSC Syllabus: Governance
World Press Freedom Index 2024
Source-This post on World Press Freedom Index 2024 is based on the article “India’s press freedom has rapidly declined in recent years” published in “The Hindu” on 8th May 2024.
Why in the News?
In the World Press Freedom Index 2024, India is ranked 159 out of the 180 nations.
About World Press Freedom Index:
Aspects Description About The World Press Freedom Index (WPFI) is an annual ranking of countries compiled and published by Reporters Without Borders (RSF). Purpose It compares the level of freedom enjoyed by journalists and media in 180 countries and territories. Methodology RSF evaluates countries based on various indicators related to press freedom. These indicators include-
a) media independence
b) legal framework
c) safety of journalistsIndicators The ranking is based on five Indicators- Political, legislative, economic, sociocultural and safety of journalists. Findings of World Press Freedom Index 2024:
1. India’s Press Freedom Ranking: India is ranked 159th in the 2024. It was ranked 161st in the 2023. This ranking places India alongside nations like the occupied Palestinian territories, UAE, Turkey, and Russia, indicating poor press freedom.
2. India’s past performance: India has consistently ranked over 100 since 2003, showing a long-term trend of limited press freedom. The country’s press freedom situation has deteriorated rapidly in recent years.
3. Global Comparisons:
a) Scandinavian countries (Norway, Denmark, Sweden) top the rankings with the highest press freedom. Eritrea, Syria, and Afghanistan rank the lowest.
b) Among BRICS nations, Brazil and South Africa rank higher than India, whereas China and Russia are lower. In South Asia, India ranks lower than all countries except Bangladesh.
4. Global Trends: The global trend shows a decline in press freedom, with an average drop of 7.6 points worldwide, accompanied by an increase in political repression of journalists and media.
a) Press freedom remains robust primarily in European Union countries, which recently implemented their first media freedom law (EMFA). In contrast, the Maghreb and Middle East regions face the most severe government-imposed press restrictions.
b) Bhutan, Hong Kong, and Afghanistan have seen significant declines in press freedom since 2019 whereas Central African Republic, Timor-Leste, and Montenegro have shown notable improvements.
Read more: World Press Freedom Index 2023
UPSC Syllabus: Index and reports
World Press Freedom Index 2023
Source– This post on World Press Freedom Index 2023 is based on the article “India press freedom score fell over the last year: RSF” published in “The Indian Express” on 4th May 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, World Press Freedom Index 2023 was released by Reporters Without Borders (RSF). India’s ranking has dropped to 161 out of 180 countries.
About World Press Freedom Index 2023:
Aspects Description About The World Press Freedom Index (WPFI) is an annual ranking of countries compiled and published by Reporters Without Borders (RSF). Purpose It compares the level of freedom enjoyed by journalists and media in 180 countries and territories. Methodology RSF evaluates countries based on various indicators related to press freedom. These indicators include-
a) media independence
b) legal framework
c) safety of journalistsIndicators The ranking is based on five Indicators- Political, legislative, economic, sociocultural and safety of journalists. Highlights of the World Press Freedom Index 2023
1. Brief Overview of Ranking- According to the 2023 World Press Freedom Index, the situation is “very serious” in 31 countries, “difficult” in 42, “problematic” in 55, and “good” or “satisfactory” in 52 countries. Norway has maintained its top ranking in the World Press Freedom Index, for the seventh consecutive year.
2. Status of India’s Ranking- India’s press freedom ranking stands at 161 out of 180 countries. This marks a decline from “problematic” to “very bad,” with an 11-rank drop since the 2022 report.
India’s Indicator Wise Rankings Political indicators 169 Legislative indicators 144 Economic indicator 155 Social indicator 143 Safety of journalists 172 3. Neighbouring countries of India having higher rankings- All neighboring countries have higher rankings than India, with the exceptions of Bangladesh (163), Myanmar (173), and China (179). Bhutan ranks at 90, Nepal at 95, Sri Lanka at 135, Pakistan at 150, and Afghanistan at 152.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports and index
Global Report on Food Crises 2024 (GRFC)
Source- This post on Global Report on Food Crises 2024 (GRFC) is based on the article “Global Report on Food Crisis (GRFC) report” published in “Down to Earth” on 24th March 2024.
Why in the News?
According to the 2024 Global Report on Food Crisis (GRFC), nearly 282 million people faced high levels of acute food insecurity in 59 countries in 2023.
About Global Report on Food Crisis (GRFC)
1. About: The Global Report on Food Crises (GRFC) 2024 is published annually by the Food Security Information Network (FSIN).
2. Launched by: It is launched by the Global Network Against Food Crises which is a collaboration involving United Nations agencies, the European Union, the United States Agency for International Development, and non-governmental organizations working to address food crises.
3. Key findings from GRFC 2024: The report examined a population of 1.3 billion across 59 countries in 2023.
a) For the fifth consecutive year, the number of people experiencing acute food insecurity increased. This means they faced severe food shortages that threatened their lives or livelihoods, regardless of the causes or duration.
b) Nearly 282 million people in 59 countries suffered from high levels of acute food insecurity in 2023.
c) Conflicts, extreme weather events, and economic shocks were identified as the main drivers worsening food crises worldwide.
d) Conflict and insecurity were the primary causes in 20 countries which is directly impacting 135 million people, notably in places like the Gaza Strip and Sudan.
e) The Gaza Strip faced the most severe food crisis in the past eight years while Sudan also experienced a significant crisis, with almost a third of its population requiring emergency food assistance.
f) Extreme weather events affected 18 countries, with over 72 million people experiencing high levels of acute food insecurity.
g) The ten countries with the most severe food crises in 2023 were the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Nigeria, Sudan, Afghanistan, Ethiopia, Yemen, the Syrian Arab Republic, Bangladesh, Pakistan, and Myanmar.
h) There were positive developments in 17 countries in 2023, including the Democratic Republic of Congo and Ukraine, where the food situation improved.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee
Source-This post on Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee is based on the article “Pivotal fourth session of negotiations on a global plastics treaty opens in Ottawa” published in “UNEP official website” on 24th March 2024.
Why in the News?
The fourth session of the Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee to develop an international legally binding instrument on plastic pollution opened in Canada’s capital, Ottawa.
About Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee
1. About: a) In March 2022, during the fifth session of the UN Environment Assembly, a landmark resolution was adopted to establish an international legally binding instrument (ILBI) addressing plastic pollution, particularly in marine environments.
b) The INC has been scheduled to convene five times by the end of 2024 to formulate the specific content of the ILBI.
2. Aim: This instrument aims to encompass the entire life cycle of plastic, covering aspects such as production, design, and disposal.
3. Goal of the global plastics treaty: The goal of the global plastics treaty is to establish a framework of global standards concerning accountability, responsibilities, financing, material/chemical standards, and import/export restrictions, along with setting targets.
4. Implementing Agency: Countries will be responsible for implementing policies aligned with these global standards to achieve the set targets.
5. Focus- Their focus is on reducing unnecessary plastic usage while still employing it for critical purposes such as renewable energy.
UPSC Syllabus: Environment (International treaties)
State of the Climate in Asia 2023 report
Source-This post on State of the Climate in Asia 2023 report has been created based on the article “Asia worst hit by disasters in 2023, 79 extreme weather events killed over 2,000: WMO report” published in “The Indian Express” on 24 April 2024.
Why in the news?
The World Meteorological Organization has recently published the ‘State of the Climate in Asia 2023’ report.
Highlights of the report
1. Asia has faced the most number of disasters in the world in 2023. There have been recorded instances of 79 events associated with extreme weather, climate, and water-related hazards. These events have affected over nine million people in the region and directly resulted in the loss of over 2,000 lives.
2. The majority of disasters which have occurred in Asia are related to flooding and storms. Over 60% of the 2,000 deaths have been associated with flooding and more than 15% of the deaths were linked to storms.
3. Asia has warmed faster than the global average. This warming trend has nearly doubled since the 1961-1990 period.
4. Deterioration of climate change indicators, such as rise in surface temperatures, glacier retreat, and sea level rise, will have significant consequences for Asia’s economy, ecosystems, and human lives.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
Workers and the climate change risk
Source-This post on Workers and the climate change risk has been created based on the article “More than 70% global workers exposed to climate change risks: ILO” published in “Business Standard” on 23 April 2024.
Why in the news?
As per the report of International Labour Organization (ILO), over 70% of workers worldwide face climate change risks, leading to hundreds of thousands of deaths yearly.
Key Findings of ILO report
1) ILO in its report titled “Ensuring safety and health at work in a changing climate” observed that many workers are already facing climate change risks at work, and these numbers may increase in the future.
2) There is a need to review current laws or make new rules and advice in the backdrop of rising number of natural hazards due to climate change.
3) The number of workers facing rising temperatures has increased by about 5% in the last 20 years to 70.9%, the report found. It also mentioned other climate risks, like UV radiation and air pollution, affecting around 1.6 billion people each.
4) Air pollution leads to about 860,000 work-related deaths yearly for outdoor workers. Excessive heat causes around 18,970 occupational deaths annually, while UV radiation causes roughly 18,960 deaths due to non-melanoma skin cancer.
5) The report mentions that technologies aimed at combating climate change, such as solar panels and lithium-ion batteries for electric vehicles, can sometimes pose new risks because they contain harmful chemicals.
6) The report highlighted that the working poor, those in informal jobs, seasonal workers, and employees of small businesses will be the most affected by these changes.
Read more-ILO Report: “A Call for safer and healthier working environments
UPSC Syllabus-Index/Reports.
World Cybercrime Index
Source- This post on the World Cybercrime Index has been created based on the article “India ranks number 10 in cybercrime, study finds” published in “Economic Times” on 11 April 2024.
Why in the news?
Recently, an international team of researchers has compiled the ‘World Cybercrime Index’.
About World Cybercrime Index
1. The ‘World Cybercrime Index’ identifies the globe’s key cybercrime hotspots by ranking the most significant sources of cybercrime at a national level.
2. The index was developed through a collaborative effort between the University of Oxford and UNSW Canberra.
3. It is based on data collected from a survey involving 92 top global experts in cybercrime, who specialize in intelligence and investigations related to cyber activities.
4. It ranks roughly 100 countries and identifies key hotspots according to various categories of cybercrime.
5. The five major categories of cybercrime assessed by the study were technical products/services, attacks and extortion, Data/identity theft, Scams, cashing out/money laundering.
6. Key findings from the World Cybercrime Index:
a) Russia tops the list with the highest cybercriminal threat, followed by Ukraine, China, the USA, Nigeria, and Romania.
b) The United Kingdom (UK) ranks at number eight in terms of cybercrime threat.
c) India was ranked 10th in cybercrime, mostly involving scams that trick people into making advance payments.
d) The study indicated that certain types of cybercrime were linked to specific countries. For ex- the U.S.A was predominantly connected with data and identity theft crimes, whereas crimes involving technical products or services frequently traced back to China.
e) The study also found that countries that are cybercrime hubs “specialise” in particular categories. For ex- Russia and Ukraine are highly technical cybercrime hubs, whereas Nigerian cybercriminals are engaged in less technical forms of cybercrime.
f) The worldwide economic impact of cybercrime is projected to significantly increase over the next four years, escalating from $9.22 trillion in 2024 to $13.82 trillion by 2028.
Read more: Cyber attacks and Cyber Security in India
UPSC Syllabus: Index and reports
IPEF’s Clean Economy Investor Forum
Source– This post on IPEF’s Clean Economy Investor Forum is based on the article “Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) to organise Clean Economy Investor Forum in Singapore” published in “PIB” on 10th April 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, the IPEF organized a Clean Economy Investor Forum in Singapore.
About IPEF Clean Economy Investor Forum
1. The IPEF Clean Economy Investor Forum is one of the initiatives under the IPEF. The Forum aims to mobilize investments into sustainable infrastructure, climate technology and renewable energy projects.
2. It brings together the region’s top investors, philanthropies, financial institutions, innovative companies, start-ups and entrepreneurs.
3. Managed by: Invest India (India’s National Investment Promotion Agency).
What are opportunities for the Indian industry?
The Forum will have opportunity for the Indian industry in the two following track:
a) Climate Tech Track: This track is open for top climate tech companies and startups from member countries, including India, to present their innovations to global investors. It focuses on recognizing leading enterprises in climate technology.
b) Infrastructure Track: This track highlights ready-to-invest sustainable projects in energy (solar, wind, hydrogen), transport (EVs, charging stations), and waste management, to be showcased at the 2024 Forum in India.
About Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF)
1. The Indo-Pacific Economic Framework for Prosperity (IPEF) is an economic initiative launched by U.S.A President Joe Biden in 2022.
2. Objective: It provides a platform for countries in the region to collaborate on advancing resilient, sustainable, and inclusive economic growth, and aims to contribute to cooperation, stability and prosperity in the region.
3. Members: It has 14 partners – Australia, Brunei Darussalam, Fiji, India, Indonesia, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, U.S.A and Vietnam.
4. Nodal agency: Department of Commerce for the IPEF engagements
5. The IPEF comprises four pillars of cooperation namely: Trade, Supply Chain, Clean Economy and Fair Economy.
Read more: IPEF agreement
UPSC Syllabus: International Relations
Glycaemic index (GI)
Source– This post on Glycaemic index is based on the article “Strong link between high glycaemic index diet and diabetes, says study” published in “The Hindu” on 9th April 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently a study has found that consuming low glycaemic index diets might prevent the development of type 2 diabetes.
About Glycemic index (GI) and Glycemic load (GL)
1. The glycemic index (GI) ranks foods containing carbohydrates according to their effect on blood glucose levels after eating.
2. High Glycemic Index (GI) foods are digested and absorbed by the body quickly, leading to a rapid spike in blood sugar levels. For ex- Sugary foods and beverages, white bread, potatoes, and white rice.
3. Low and medium GI foods are digested more slowly, causing a more gradual increase in blood sugar levels. For ex- Fruits and vegetables, pulses, and whole grains like porridge oats.
Glycemic Index and Glycemic load advantages
1.The glycemic index (GI) is beneficial for individuals with type 2 diabetes as consuming low GI foods aids in managing blood glucose levels.
2. The glycemic load (GL) evaluates the quality and quantity of carbohydrates in a particular food item and the amount of carbohydrate consumed in one serving.
Findings of the study
a) People with the highest Glycemic Load (GL) intake faced greater diabetes risks than those with the lowest.
b) The link between glycemic index (GI) and diabetes risk was notably stronger in individuals with higher body mass indexes (BMIs).
UPSC Syllabus: Index, Report and Summits.
Nuclear power is key to development-IIM Ahmedabad Study
Source-This post on Nuclear power is key to development-IIM Ahmedabad Study is based on the article “Nuclear power is key to development, says study” published in “The Hindu” on 4th April 2024.
Why in the News?
A recent study by academics at IIM Ahmedabad stated that India must prioritize investment in the energy sector and expand related infrastructure if it aims to become a developed nation by 2047 and achieve net zero emissions by 2070.
About the IIM Ahmedabad Study
1. Funded by– Office of the Principal Scientific Adviser and the Nuclear Power Corporation of India.
2. Methodology applied:
a. The authors used mathematical models to figure out how much energy from different sources would be needed by 2030 and 2050 to achieve net zero emissions by 2070.
b. They also considered scenarios where India’s population reaches a human development index similar to Western European countries and the cost of energy access decreases.What are the key findings of the Study?
1. Their calculations revealed that in the best-case scenario, emissions in 2070 would decrease to 0.55 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide, achieving a ‘net zero’ outcome.
2. This would require nuclear power to increase five times from current levels to 30 gigawatts (GW) by 2030 and 265 GW by 2050.
3. Between 2020 and 2070, India would require approximately Rs.150-200 lakh crore to fund these transformations.
Note– Currently, according to the Central Electricity Authority, solar energy constitutes 16% of India’s installed generation capacity, while coal accounts for 49%. Meanwhile, nuclear energy only makes up 1.6%.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
India risking ‘squandering’ demographic dividend: World Bank’s Jobs for Resilience report
Source-This post on India risking ‘squandering’ demographic dividend: World Bank is based on the article “South Asia, India risk squandering demographic dividend: World Bank” published in “The Hindu” on 2nd February 2024.
Why in the News?
The World Bank, in its latest regional update titled “Jobs for Resilience”, has stated that the South Asia region, including India and its neighbours, is not generating sufficient jobs to support its youthful populations.
This puts the South Asia region demographic dividend at risk, despite experiencing the world’s fastest economic growth, which is projected at 6.0-6.1% for 2024-25.
What observations has the World Bank made?
1. Decline in employment ratio:
a. The World Bank has observed that India failed to match its job creation with the expanding working-age population from 2000 to 2023.
b. Consequently, India experienced a more significant decline in its employment rate compared to any other nation in the region, except Nepal, until 2022.
c. In 2023, South Asia’s employment ratio was 59%, compared to 70% in other emerging markets. The World Bank has highlighted that South Asia was the only region where the proportion of employed working-age men decreased over the past two decades.2. Low female participation– The employment rates for women in several South Asian countries, including India, rank among the lowest globally, at less than 40%.
3. Affected sectors– The poor employment patterns in the area mainly affected non-agricultural sectors like manufacturing and services.
4. Recommended Actions– The Bank has suggested boosting job creation by promoting women’s participation in the economy, enhancing trade openness, and enhancing educational standards.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports and Indices
Food Waste Index Report 2024
Source: This article on the Food Waste Index Report 2024 is based on “Households across the world waste 1 billion meals a day, says UN report” which was published in “The Hindu” on 29th March 2024.
Why in news?
Food Waste Index Report 2024, was launched by the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) and WRAP (Waste and Resources Action Programme).
Findings of the report
1) According to the Food Waste Index Report 2024, households across the globe wasted over one billion meals a day in 2022.
2) Whereas, 783 million people struggled with hunger and a third of humanity faced food insecurity.
3) In 2022, 1.05 billion tonnes of food waste generated (including inedible parts) which amounts to 132 kilograms per capita and almost one-fifth of all food available to consumers.
4) Out of the total food wasted in 2022, 60% happened at the household level, with food services responsible for 28%, and retail 12%.
5) Many low- and middle-income countries continue to lack adequate systems for tracking progress to meet Sustainable Development Goal 12.3 of halving food waste by 2030, particularly in retail and food services.
6) It was found that food waste is not a “rich country problem”. Difference between average levels of household food waste for high-income, upper-middle, and lower-middle-income countries, was just 7 kg per capita.
8) Hotter countries appear to generate more food waste per capita in households. It is potentially due to higher consumption of fresh foods with substantial inedible parts and a lack of robust cold chains.
9) The report found that food loss and waste generated “8%-10%” of annual global greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions (almost five times that of the aviation sector).
The cost of both food loss and waste for the global economy was at $1 trillion.
10) As compared to urban areas, rural ones generally wasted less food, due to “greater diversion of food scraps to pets, livestock, and home composting”.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
World Air Quality Report 2023
Source-This post on World Air Quality Report 2023 is based on the article “Delhi World’s Most Polluted Capital Again, India Has 3rd Worst Air Quality: Report” published in “ABP News” on 19th MARCH 2024.
Why in the News?
According to the World Air Quality Report 2023, Delhi was identified as the city with the poorest air quality.
About World Air Quality Report 2023
1. Published by– Swiss organisation IQAir.
2. Data collection – The data encompassed information from 7,812 sites across 134 countries, regions, and territories.
Key findings
1. India ranked third in terms of air quality, with an average annual concentration of particulate matter 2.5 (PM2.5) at 54.4 micrograms per cubic meter.
2. India ranked lower than only two of its neighboring countries, Bangladesh and Pakistan.
3. Bangladesh had the highest pollution level globally, with an average PM2.5 concentration of 79.9 micrograms per cubic meter, while Pakistan ranked second with 73.7.
4. It also named Delhi as the world’s most polluted capital city for the fourth year in a row.
5. Begusarai in Bihar was identified as the most polluted metropolitan area globally.
6. India has ten of the top 11 most polluted cities globally, with the remaining one being Lahore in Pakistan.
7. 96 percent of India’s population faces PM2.5 levels that exceed the WHO annual guideline by more than seven times.
Particulate Matter (PM) 1. Particulate matter, or PM, is the term for particles found in the air, including dust, dirt, soot, smoke, and liquid droplets.
2. They remain suspended in the air for long periods of time.
3. Some particles are visible as soot or smoke due to their size or color, while others are so tiny that they can only be seen with an electron microscope.
Read more– Particulate Matter (PM)
UPSC Syllabus- Environment/Reports & Indices
Employment status in India
Source-This post on Employment status in India is based on the article “No major change in employment status or wages in 10 years” published in “The Hindu” on 18th March 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, a report by Bahutva Karnataka shows that the share of self-employed workers increased, while the share of those in formal employment remained low.
Findings of the report
i) Minimum wage: Many households still earn less than the proposed National Floor Level Minimum Wage (NFLMW). In 2019, an expert committee recommended the NFLMW to be at least ₹375 per day and ₹3,050 per week.
ii) Widening Wage inequality: Widening Wage inequality has widened the gap between the rich and the poor.
a) According to World Inequality Database 2022, the top 1% and 10% of the population held 22% and 57% of the national income, respectively, while the bottom 50% held 12.7%.
b) There is negligible increase in wage earnings when adjusted for inflation.
iii) Low Formal Employment: The share of employment in the formal sector remained below 25%. The share of formal employment with social security and other advantages attached to it has remained stagnant.
iv) Increase in Self-Employment: The number of self-employed individuals has increased substantially.
a) The share of those who were self-employed remained above 50% by 2022-23.
b) The share of self-employed women was the highest in the share of employment. It also saw the highest growth of 8% points from 56.5% in 2011-12 to 64.3% in 2022-23.
v) Unpaid Labor: The report indicates an increase in the proportion of women working unpaid in family enterprises or farming. This increase indicates a lack of other remunerative job opportunities and stagnating household income.
vi) Gender Disparities Persist: Despite greater engagement in self-employment, disparities between genders remains. Women are frequently engaged in unpaid labour or informal work due to limited opportunities in the formal sector.
vii) Economic Stagnation Impact: Economic stagnation has resulted in restricted growth in formal sector employment. This drives many people, particularly women, to pursue self-employment and unpaid labour as alternative sources of income.
Read more: Present Status of Unemployment In India
UPSC Syllabus: Economy (Reports)
INFAAR 2019-22 Report: First national report on AMR surveillance in India’s fisheries, livestock sectors
Source-This post on INFAAR 2019-22 Report: First national report on AMR surveillance in India’s fisheries, livestock sectors is based on the article “FAO publishes first national report on AMR surveillance in India’s fisheries, livestock sectors” published in “DownToEarth” on 11th March 2024.
Why in the News?
The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) of the United Nations and the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) released surveillance data of the Indian Network for Fishery and Animal Antimicrobial Resistance (INFAAR) for 2019-22.
INFAAR 2019-22 Report is the first national report on AMR surveillance in India’s fisheries and livestock sectors.
What is Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR)?
Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) is the resistance of microorganisms (bacteria, virus, parasites and fungi) to an antimicrobial agent (antibiotics, fungicides, antiviral agents and parasiticides), to which they were first sensitive.
Read more– Antimicrobial Resistance (AMR) About INFAAR (Indian Network for Fishery and Animal Antimicrobial Resistance) 1. INFAAR is a laboratory network established by ICAR.
2. It receives technical assistance from the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the United States Agency for International Development (USAID).
3. It is dedicated to conducting AMR surveillance in the fisheries and livestock sectors.
What are the key findings of the report?
Data collection:
a. The (INFAAR) collected data from 2019-2022, covering 3 aquaculture systems (freshwater, brackish-water and marine) and major food-producing animals.
b. Resistance was profiled for Staphylococcus aureus, coagulase-negative Staphylococcus species (CONS), Escherichia coli, Aeromonas species Vibrio parahaemolyticus and Vibrio sp.1. Resistance pattern in fisheries sector:
a. Isolates of Staphylococcus aureus exhibited high resistance against penicillin across all systems.
b. Freshwater fish displayed significant resistance to ciprofloxacin (54.8%), while marine samples showed higher resistance to cefotaxime (54.1%).
c. Significant resistance was also observed in shrimp samples against ampicillin.2. Resistance pattern in livestock sector:
a. E. coli and Staphylococcus isolates from various livestock were tested for antimicrobial resistance profiles. Increased resistance, especially in E. coli and Staphylococci, was noted in the livestock sector.
b. Isolates from poultry showed higher resistance rates to various antibiotics compared to those from other food animals.UPSC Syllabus- Science & Technology/Reports & Indices
India was the top arms importer in 2019-2023: SIPRI
Source– This post on India was the top arms importer in 2019-2023: SIPRI is based on the article “India world’s top arms importer between 2019-23: SIPRI” published in “The Hindu” on 12th March 2024.
Why in the News?
According to the latest data from the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI), India was the world’s leading arms importer for the period 2019-2023. India’s arms imports saw a 4.7% increase compared to the period from 2014 to 2018.
What are the key findings?
1. Russia remains India’s top supplier– Russia is still India’s main arms supplier, making up 36% of imports. However, it’s the first time since 1960-1964 that Russia’s deliveries comprised less than half of India’s arms imports in a five-year period.
Note– After Russia, France (33%) stands as India’s second-largest arms supplier, while the US (13%) ranks as the third-largest provider of weapons to India.
2. Asia and the Middle East are the leading importers– In 2019-2023, nine of the top ten arms importers, including India, Saudi Arabia, and Qatar, were from Asia, Oceania, or the Middle East.
3. Increase in European arms imports
a. The report shows a notable 94% rise in European arms imports from 2014-2018 to 2019-2023 which is likely due to the ongoing conflict in Ukraine.
b. In 2019-2023, European countries imported over half of their arms, 55%, from the U.S., which increased from 35% in 2014-2018.4. U.S. and France top arms exports– The United States, the biggest arms supplier globally, experienced a 17% increase in exports from 2014-2018 to 2019-2023. Meanwhile, France became the world’s second-largest arms supplier, with exports growing by 47%.
About Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI)
About– It is an independent international institute headquartered in Stockholm, Sweden, dedicated to researching conflict, armaments, arms control, and disarmament.
Vision– A world in which sources of insecurity are identified and understood, conflicts are prevented or resolved, and peace is sustained.
Established in 1966
Read more– Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
Democracy Report 2024
Source-This post on Democracy Report 2024 is based on the article “India ‘one of the worst autocratisers’: V-Dem report on democracy” published in “The Hindu” on 11th March 2024.
Why in the News?
The 2024 Democracy Report shows that India, previously labeled as an “electoral autocracy” in 2018, has worsened across many measures, confirming India’s status as a major autocracy.
About the Report
Released by– V-Dem Institute at Sweden’s University of Gothenburg
Data collection– This report is a joint effort that engages 4,200 scholars representing 180 countries. It draws from 31 million datasets spanning 1789 to 2023 and covers 202 countries.
Democracy Assessment Parameters– The report classifies countries into four regime types using the Liberal Democratic Index (LDI): Liberal Democracy, Electoral Democracy, Electoral Autocracy, and Closed Autocracy.
What are the key findings of the report?
India’s Performance
a. India is at rank 104 in Liberal Democratic Index (LDI), India ranks in the bottom 40-50% among the 179 countries reviewed.
b. It has slipped further down in the Electoral Democracy Index, to 110.
c. India is at rank 92 in Liberal Component Index.Spreading of autocratization globally
1. The report notes a global trend of increasing autocratization, affecting 42 countries and 2.8 billion people, or 35% of the world’s population.
2. The report indicates that South and Central Asia has become the second most autocratic region globally. In regional terms, Bhutan stands as the sole liberal democracy.
3. India, with 18% of the world’s population, holds about half of the population in countries experiencing autocratization.
Component indices which add up 1. The V-Dem Liberal Democracy Index (LDI) measures both the liberal and electoral aspects of democracy using 71 indicators from the Liberal Component Index (LCI) and the Electoral Democracy Index (EDI).
2. The V-Dem Electoral Democracy Index (EDI) measures how well regimes conduct fair elections and ensure freedom of expression, access to information, association, and suffrage for both men and women. It also evaluates the extent to which elected officials control government policy.
3. The Liberal Component Index (LCI) aims to measure the “liberal principle of democracy” by emphasizing the protection of individual and minority rights against both state oppression and majority rule.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
Zero-food children
Source-This post on Zero-food children has been created based on the article “Report turns spotlight on India’s ‘zero-food children” published in “The Hindu” on 8 March 2024.
Why in the news?
A recent study had ranked India as having the third-highest percentage of children who had not eaten any food for 24 hours.
About Zero-food children
It refers to those children who did not consume any animal milk, formula, or solid or semi-solid food during the last 24 hours.
This category is critical because, at approximately six months of age, breastfeeding alone is insufficient to meet the nutritional needs of a child.Findings of recent studies
1) As per the study published recently in the peer-reviewed JAMA Network Open journal, India ranks third highest globally, with 19.3% of children not receiving food, following Guinea (21.8%) and Mali (20.5%). In terms of numbers, India has the highest number of zero-food children at more than six million.
2) As per the study of Lancet Discovery Science, Uttar Pradesh alone accounts for 28.4% of zero-food children in India followed by Bihar (14.2%), Maharashtra (7.1%), Rajasthan (6.5%), and Madhya Pradesh (6%).
What are the steps taken by government to curb malnutrition in India?
1) Integrated Child Development Services (ICDS) Scheme: It was launched in 1975 to provide food, preschool education, primary healthcare, immunization, health checkups, and referral services to children under 6 years old and their mothers.
2) Pradhan Mantri Matru Vandana Yojana (PMMVY): It is a Centrally Sponsored DBT scheme with a cash incentive of ₹ 5000/- (in three instalments) being provided directly in the bank/post office account of Pregnant Women and Lactating Mothers.
3) National Nutrition Mission (NNM): The government of India has launched the National Nutrition Mission (NNM), also known as POSHAN Abhiyaan, to eradicate malnutrition by the year 2022.
4) Anaemia Mukt Bharat Abhiyan: The mission was launched in 2018 to accelerate anaemia decline by one to three percentage points annually.
5) Mid-day Meal (MDM) scheme: It aims to improve nutrition levels among school children in addition to increasing enrolment, retention, and attendance.
6) National Food Security Act (NFSA), 2013: It ensures food and nutrition security for the most vulnerable section of society.UPSC Syllabus-Index & Reports.
World Poverty Clock: Key findings
Source-This post on World Poverty Clock: Key findings is based on the article “Less than 3% of India’s population now living under extreme poverty: World Poverty Clock” published in “The Hindu Businessline” on 2nd March 2024.
Why in the News?
According to recent data from the World Poverty Clock, India has made significant progress in reducing extreme poverty. Less than 3% of India’s population now lives below the poverty line.
This accomplishment is in line with the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 1.1 of eradicating extreme poverty by 2030.
What are the key findings of the World Poverty Clock?
1. The clock uses a daily income limit of $2.15 to present its findings.
2. Accordingly, the number of people in India living in extreme poverty decreased to about 3.44 crore in 2024 from 4.69 crore in 2022, making up 2.4% of the total population.
Note– The $2.15 per day poverty line, also called the extreme poverty line, represents national poverty lines in numerous poorest countries. It measures progress toward the World Bank’s goal of reducing extreme poverty to under 3% by 2030.
Niti Aayog recent paper on poverty
1. A recent paper by NITI Aayog, titled ‘Multidimensional Poverty in India since 2005-06,’ states that multidimensional poverty dropped significantly from 29.17% in 2013-14 to 11.28% in 2022-23. This led to 24.82 crore individuals escaping multidimensional poverty over nine years.
2. The paper studied how much multidimensional poverty existed in India between 2005-06 and 2022-23.
Read more– Multidimensional Poverty discussion Paper by NITI Aayog What is World Poverty Clock?
1. About– The World Poverty Clock offers real-time poverty forecasts until 2030 for almost every country globally.
2. Funding– Supported by the International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD) and the Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development of Germany.
3. Working mechanism:
a. The Clock illustrates the global count of individuals living in extreme poverty. It categorizes them by age, gender, and whether they reside in rural or urban areas.
b. Every second, some individuals rise out of poverty while others slip into it, and the Clock registers all these changes.UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
Global Resource Outlook 2024
Source-This post on Global Resource Outlook 2024 is based on the article “UNEA-6: Extraction & use of world’s resources has grown three times more in 50 years” published in “Down to Earth” on 1st March 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, the Global Resource Outlook 2024 report has been published by UNEP.
Key findings of the report
1. Production and consumption of resources:
i) The consumption and use of resources is largely driven by demand in upper income countries.
ii) Global production and consumption of material resources has grown more than three times over the last 50 year.
2. Extraction and processing of material resources
i) The extraction and processing of material resources accounts for over 55 per cent of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and 40 per cent of particulate matter poisoning the environment.
ii) The extraction and processing of agricultural crops and forestry products accounts for 90 per cent of land-related biodiversity loss and water stress and a one- third of GHG emissions.
iii) The extraction and processing of fossil fuels, metals and non-metallic minerals including sand, gravel and clay account for 35 per cent of global emissions.
3. The report predicts that resource exploitation could increase by almost 60 per cent from 2020 levels by 2060 from 100 to 160 billion tonnes.
4. The report shows global inequality where low-income countries consume six times lesser materials compared to wealthy nations.
5. The report highlights that upper middle-income countries have more than doubled their resource utilization over the past five decades to facilitate their own infrastructure growth.
UPSC Syllabus: Environment
Lancet study on Global Obesity rates
Source-This post on Lancet study on Global Obesity rates is based on the article “Obesity rates going up across the world: Lancet study” published in “The Hindu” on 29th February 2024.
Why in the News?
According to Lancet study on Global Obesity rates, the obesity rates among children and adolescents worldwide have increased four times from 1990 to 2022. Meanwhile, obesity rates among adults have more than doubled.
What are the key findings of the Study?
Study conducted by– NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC), in collaboration with the World Health Organization (WHO).
Note– NCD Risk Factor Collaboration (NCD-RisC) is a global network of health scientists offering thorough and prompt data on risk factors for non-communicable diseases (NCDs)
Worldwide Figures– More than one billion people worldwide are living with obesity. Specifically, in 2022, there were 159 million children and adolescents, as well as 879 million adults, who were obese.
India’s findings
1. Children and adolescents– The obesity rate for girls rose from 0.1% in 1990 to 3.1% in 2022, while for boys, it increased from 0.1% to 3.9%.
Note– In terms of obesity rates among girls and boys, India ranked 174th globally in 2022.
2. Adults– Among women, the obesity rate surged from 1.2% in 1990 to 9.8% in 2022, while among men, it rose from 0.5% to 5.4%.
Methodology used:
a. More than 1,500 researchers from 190+ countries analyzed weight and height data from over 220 million individuals aged five and older.
b. They used body mass index (BMI) to study global changes in obesity and underweight from 1990 to 2022.Significance of the study:
a. This discovery is important given India’s existing high rates of non-communicable diseases, including heart disease, strokes, and diabetes.
b. Obesity significantly increases the risk of developing these diseases, including Type 2 diabetes in teenagers, at an early age.Note– Obesity, as per the World Health Organization (WHO), refers to an excessive accumulation of fat that can be harmful to health. A body mass index (BMI) over 25 is considered overweight, and over 30 is classified as obese.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices/Science & Technology
Report on Status of Leopard in India
Source-This post on Report on Status of Leopard in India is based on the article “Leopard numbers show 8% rise from 2018 to 2022” published in “The Hindu” on 29th February 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, the Environment Ministry, in collaboration with the National Tiger Conservation Authority (NTCA) and the Wildlife Institute of India (WII), unveiled the fifth cycle of leopard population estimation in India.
Key findings of the Fifth cycle of leopard population estimation in India
1. Population Estimate:
a. India’s leopard population is estimated at 13,874, showing stability compared to the previous count. The numbers rose by 8% from 12,852 in 2018 to 13,874 in 2022.
b. However, this only covers 70% of leopard habitat, with the Himalayas and semi-arid regions not included in the survey.2. Region-wise Trends– In Central India, the leopard population remains stable or shows slight growth, whereas in the Shivalik hills and Gangetic plains, there is a decline in population.
3. State-wise distribution:
a. The highest number of leopards were reported in Madhya Pradesh (3,907), followed by Maharashtra (1,985), Karnataka (1,879) and Tamil Nadu (1,070).
b. The tiger reserves or locations with the highest leopard populations include Nagarajunasagar Srisailam in Andhra Pradesh, followed by Panna and Satpura in Madhya Pradesh.4. Survey Methodology– The study targeted forested habitats across 18 states with tiger populations, employing foot surveys and camera traps. It captured over 4,70,81,881 photographs, resulting in 85,488 images of leopards.
About Leopard
Habitat: In India, the leopard is found in all forest types, from tropical rainforests to temperate deciduous and alpine coniferous forests. It is also found in dry scrubs and grasslands, the only exception being deserts and the mangroves of Sundarbans.
UPSC Syllabus- Environment (Species in news)/Reports & Indices
Grey Zone Warfare
Source-This post on Grey Zone Warfare is based on the article “Grey-zone warfare latest entry in lexicon of warfare, says Chief of Defence Staff” published in “The Hindu” on 24th February 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, at the Raisina Dialogue, Chief of Defence Staff Gen. Anil Chauhan made a statement regarding grey-zone warfare, specifically in reference to China.
What is Grey Zone Warfare?
1. Grey Zone Warfare is a strategy where a country tries to gain an advantage without openly going to war.
2. It involves tactics like cyberattacks, misinformation, and economic pressure to weaken an opponent.
3. China has been skillfully using this strategy, especially against India and neighboring countries.
What are China’s Grey Zone Tactics against India?
1. South China Sea Activities- China employs naval and civilian vessels to assert its control over the South China Sea. It causes tensions with neighboring countries, including India.
2. Constructing infrastructure in border areas– China builds infrastructure and establishes villages close to India’s borders. It reinforces its territorial assertions and gains strategic benefits.
3. Investments in digital technologies- China directs investments into apps, media, and various digital platforms within India. This presence in the digital sphere holds the potential to mold public perceptions and narratives.
What is Raisina Dialogue?
1. About- Raisina Dialogue is India’s flagship conference on geopolitics and geo-strategy.
2. Organized by– Ministry of External Affairs in collaboration with the Observer Research Foundation(ORF).
3. Started- It was inaugurated in 2016. 2024 is the 9th Edition.
4. Theme for 2024- Chaturanga: Conflict, Contest, Cooperate, Create.
5. Chief Guest- Prime Minister of Greece Kyriakos Mitsotakis.
UPSC Syllabus- International Relations/Summits
Munich Security conference 2024
Source-This post on Munich Security Conference 2024 has been created based on the article “Munich Security Conference 2024: India is non-west but not anti-west, says EAM S Jaishankar” published in “WION” on 18 February 2024.
Why in the news?
World leaders have gathered for the Sixtieth (60th) Munich Security Conference, amidst the growing concerns about a continued war in Ukraine and threats to North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) cohesion.
About Munich Security Conference
Description– It is the world’s leading forum for debating international security policy. It is often referred to as the ‘Davos of Defence’.
Objective– Its objective is to build trust and contribute to the peaceful resolution of conflicts, by sustaining a continuous and informal dialogue within the international security community.
Venue– It has been held in Munich, Germany, since 1963.
Frequency of conference– The conference is held annually in February.
Key features-
1) It is a venue for diplomatic initiatives to address the world’s most pressing security concerns.2) It brings together security experts, politicians, military leaders and the defence industry from around the world.
3) It publishes the Munich Security Report. This is an annual report about figures, maps and research on crucial security challenges.
What is North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)?
Description– It is a transatlantic security alliance of 31 like-minded North American and European countries.
Origin- It was established by the North Atlantic Treaty (also called the Washington Treaty) on April 4, 1949.
Objective– Its objective is to protect peace and to guarantee the territorial integrity, political independence, and security of the member states.
Headquarters– Brussels, Belgium.
Most important article of the treaty– Article Five (V)– If an armed attack occurs against one of the member states, it should be considered an attack against all members. This article forms the core of the Alliance, a promise of collective defence.
Read more about- North Atlantic Treaty Organisation
UPSC Syllabus-International relation & summits.
First-ever Digital India futureSKILLS Summit
Source– This post on First-ever Digital India futureSKILLS has been created based on the article “Ministry of Electronics & IT to hold first-ever Digital India futureSKILLS summit in Guwahati on Thursday” published in “PIB” on 14 February 2024.
Why in the news?
Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY), is hosting the first-ever FutureSKILLS Summit in Guwahati on February 15, 2024.
About First-ever Digital India futureSKILLS Summit
Aspect Details Hosted by National Institute of Electronics and IT at Guwahati Concerned ministry Ministry of Electronics & IT Objective To deliberate on strategies for catalysing future-ready talent for India & the World.
To forge partnerships with industry and academic institutes nationwide to ensure that curricula is aligned with industry demands and standards.Features 1) It will have over 20 strategic collaborations between NIELIT and Intel, HCL, Microsoft, Kindryl, IIM Raipurs etc.
2) It will have 1000 Prominent Attendees and over 30 Innovative Exhibitions.
3) It will have four-panel discussions on the following themes:- A) Semicon India #futureSKILLS B) IndiaAI #futureSKILLS C) Cyber Security & Emerging Technologies for the #futureSKILLS D) Digital #futureSKILLS – India’s Talent for Global Workforce.Read more about- Skill Development
UPSC Syllabus- National Summits.
World Governments Summit 2024
Source-This post on World Governments Summit 2024 is based on the article “Prime Minister’s participation in World Governments Summit 2024” published in “PIB” on 14th February 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, Prime Minister Modi has attended the World Government Summit 2024 in the UAE as a guest of honor. He was a guest of honor at the summit in 2018 as well.
What is World Governments Summit?
1. About– It is an annual event where leaders, policymakers, experts, and thinkers from around the world meet to discuss and tackle important global issues.
2. Started– It started in 2013 under the leadership of the Vice President and Prime Minister of the UAE.
3. Location– It takes place every year in Dubai, UAE.
4. Summit activities focus– The Summit in its diverse activities explores how governments can use innovation and technology to solve global challenges for humanity in the future.
5. 2024 Theme: Shaping the Future Governments.
6. The summit agenda will also focus on six main themes:
a. Government Acceleration and Transformation
b. Artificial Intelligence and The Next Frontiers
c. Reimagining Development and Future Economies
d. Future Societies and Education
e. Sustainability and The New Global Shifts
f. Urbanization and Global Health PrioritiesUPSC Syllabus- Index/reports/Summits
World Sustainable Development Summit
Source-This post on World Sustainable Development Summit has been created based on the article “Text of the Vice-President’s speech – World Sustainable Development Summit 2024, TERI” published in “PIB“on 7 February 2024.
Why in the news?
Vice-President of India has recently inaugurated the World Sustainable Development Summit in Delhi in February 2024.
About World Sustainable Development Summit
Introduction-It is an annual flagship multistakeholder convening. This was previously called as Delhi Sustainable Development Summit.
Established in – 2001.
Organized by – The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI).
Parties involved – Ministries of Earth Sciences, New and Renewable Energy and Environment, Forests, and Climate Change (MoEFCC).
Objective – To mobilize opinion-makers to address issues concerning sustainable development and climate change.
NOTE-It is the only independently convened international summit on sustainable development and environment, based in the Global South.
Key facts about World Sustainable Development Summit-2024
1) Main theme – Leadership for Sustainable Development and Climate Justice.
2) Topics for Discussion – Integrating SD, nature-based solutions, adaptation and resilience, sustainable consumption and lifestyles, addressing the energy trilemma, and climate action.
3) Important publication-“Vasundhara Magazine” – Its 14th edition titled ‘EquiClimate’, based on the theme ‘Climate Injustice: Vulnerabilities of the Vulnerable’ will be introduced.
4) Awareness generation -“Cool it for the climate” – As a behaviour change campaign, it organizes a poster-making competition for school students aimed to promote simple sustainable practices.
About The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI)
Established-It was established in 1974 as an information centre on energy issues.
Introduction-It is a leading think tank dedicated to conducting research for sustainable development of India and the Global South.
Areas of work-It is an independent, multi-dimensional organization, with capabilities in research, policy, consultancy, and implementation.
Objectives-1) Promoting efficient use of resources
2) Increasing access to and uptake of sustainable inputs and practices
3) Reducing the impact on environment and climateHeadquarter-It is headquartered in New Delhi.
UPSC Syllabus-Summits.
RBI Report-Finance of Panchayat Raj Institutions
Source- This post on RBI Report-Finance of Panchayat Raj Institutions has been created based on the article “Higher autonomy of panchayats leads to better health outcomes” published in “The Hindu” on 5 February 2024.
Why in the news?
RBI has recently released “Finance of Panchayat Raj Institutions” report highlighting the significance of financial autonomy of Panchayats.
Key findings of the report
1) RBI study noted that panchayats earn only 1% of their income through taxes, with the rest being sourced from Central and State grants.
2) The report noted that Panchayats having more functional and financial autonomy perform well on health, nutrition and sanitation.
Chart 1 shows this relationship, that is, the higher the score on health, nutrition, and sanitation parameters, the lower the IMR.(Infant mortality rate). For example-Kerala has a high score and low IMR.
3) RBI uses devolution index prepared by MoPRs (ministry of Panchayat Raj) to checks whether these better-performing States also have greater autonomy at the panchayat level.(Chart-2). For example-Tamil Nadu has high devolution score and low IMR.
4) Chart 1 and 2 when read together shows that panchayats having higher devolution of power fare well in health outcomes in rural areas.
NOTE – The devolution index rates a State based on three parameters:-
1) The transfer of subjects such as drinking water, rural housing, family welfare, and women and child development under the control of panchayats.
2) The transfer of functionaries, that is, how many positions were filled by panchayats on their own.
3) The transfer of finances, that is, power of panchayats to raise its own funds and autonomy in decision-making.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports and Indices
RBI report on Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs)
Source-This post on RBI report on Panchayati Raj Institutions (PRIs) is based on the article “Panchayats earn only 1% of their revenue through taxes” published in “The Hindu” on 24th January 2024.
Why in the News?
According to a report by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) on the finances of Panchayati Raj Institutions for 2022-23, local taxes and fees contributed only 1.1 percent to Panchayats’ total revenue.
What are the key findings of the report?
1) Decline in Panchayat average revenue – According to the report, the average revenue per Panchayat (including taxes, non-taxes, and grants) stood at 21.2 lakh in 2020-21, increased to 23.2 lakh in 2021-22, and then slightly declined to 21.23 lakh in 2022-23.
2) Panchayat own revenue sources:
a. During the study period, the Panchayats’ own revenues (Local taxes and fees) accounted for merely 1.1 percent of their total revenue.
b. Non-tax revenue, primarily from Panchayati Raj programmes and interest earnings, constituted 3.3 per cent of the total revenue receipts.3) Grant reliance:
a. Panchayats rely heavily on property taxes, fees, fines, and grants, with approximately 95% of their revenue coming from grants provided by higher levels of government.
b. Specifically, 80% of the revenue was from Central government grants; only 15% was from State government grants.4) Low Expenditure:
a. The average Panchayat expenditure dropped from 17.3 lakh in 2020-21 to 12.5 lakh in 2022-23, mainly due to higher spending during the pandemic.
b. Goa, Karnataka, Odisha, Sikkim, Kerala, and Tamil Nadu recorded the highest average Panchayat expenditures.
c. The revenue expenditure of panchayats accounts for less than 0.6% of the gross state domestic product across all states.What are the source of Finance for PRIs?
1) Grants from the Central Finance Commission (tax devolution) and other grants provided by the Central Government.
2) Revenue collected by the State government on behalf of local bodies (State Finance Commissions Transfer), including tolls, taxes, duties, and fees, as well as grants-in-aid.
3) As per Article 243-H, PRIs are empowered to levy, collect, and distribute taxes, duties, tolls, and fees.
UPSC Syllabus- Polity and Nation/Report & Indices
Corruption index: India ranks 93 among 180 nations
Source-This post is based on the article “Corruption index: India ranks 93 among 180 nations” published in “The Indian Express” on 31st January 2024.
Why in the News?
According to the latest report by Transparency International, India secured the 93rd position out of 180 countries on the Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) for 2023.
What is Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI)?
Aspect Details Purpose To rank 180 countries and territories by their perceived levels of public sector corruption according to experts and business people. Released by Transparency International annually since 1995. Scoring The index uses a scale of 0 to 100 to rank Corruption Perception Index(CPI), where 0 is highly corrupt and 100 is very clean. What are the key findings of the Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) for 2023?
1) India’s rank worsened– In 2023, India secured the 93rd position among 180 countries, whereas in 2022, it held the 85th rank. India attained an overall score of 39 in 2023, slightly down from its score of 40 in 2022.
2) Top performer in Asian region– Singapore topped the Asian region with a score of 83, ranking fifth in the Index.
3) Other South Asian countries– Pakistan is ranked 133, While Sri Lanka is ranked 115 and Afghanistan is ranked 162.
4) Top rankers– Denmark at the top, followed by Finland, New Zealand and Norway.
5) Lowest rank – At rank 180 was Somalia with the lowest score of 11.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
Multidimensional Poverty discussion Paper by NITI Aayog
Source-This post is based on the article “India’s multidimensional poverty rate down to 11.28% in 2022-23 from 29.17% in 2013-14” published in “The Indian Express” on 16th January 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, NITI Aayog has released a discussion paper ‘Multidimensional Poverty in India since 2005-06’.
What are the key findings of the NITI Aayog discussion paper?
Note: The discussion paper utilizes MPI data (MPI, 2023, released in July 2023) derived from the National Family Health Surveys (NFHS) conducted in 2015-16 and 2019-21, along with NFHS-3 data from 2005-06, to analyze long-term poverty trends. You can also say that it is an updated version of previously released Multi-Dimensional Poverty Index 2023.
1) India has registered a significant decline in multidimensional poverty in India from 29.17% in 2013-14 to 11.28% in 2022-23 (a reduction of 17.89 percentage points).
– In numbers about 24.82 crore people escaped multidimensional Poverty in last 9 years.2) Uttar Pradesh topped the list with 5.94 crore people escaping poverty followed by Bihar and Madhya Pradesh.
3) The paper reveals a faster decline in the poverty headcount ratio from 2015-16 to 2019-21 (10.66% annual rate) compared to the period 2005-06 to 2015-16 (7.69% annual rate).
4) All 12 indicators of MPI have recorded significant improvement during the entire study period.
5) India is poised to achieve single-digit poverty rates by the year 2024.
6) India is likely to achieve Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 1.2 (reducing multidimensional poverty by at least half) much ahead of 2030.
What is National Multidimensional Poverty Index(MPI)?
1) The National MPI is a metric used to evaluate poverty in a country by considering multiple dimensions beyond income or consumption expenditure.
2) Indicators- The index is based on three equally weighted dimensions – health, education and standard of living – which in turn are represented by 12 indicators.
– However, the National MPI covers 12 indicators while global MPI covers 10 indicators.3) Methodology– The National MPI by Niti Aayog uses the Alkire Foster methodology to assess the decline in poverty rates.
For more information on National MPI Click here to read UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
SBI Report on Income inequality in India
Source-This post is based on the article “Income inequality shrinks, Mobility on the Rise : SBI Research Report” published in “PIB” on 8th January 2024.
Why in the News?
According to SBI Research latest report, there has been a reduction in income inequality in India, signaling a favorable shift towards upward mobility and the expansion of the middle class.
What are the findings of the report?
1) Increasing tax base- The report, citing CBDT data, notes a continuous expansion in the Income Tax base. The number of tax filers increased to 74 million in AY 2022-23 from 70 million in AY 2021-22.
2) Decline in Gini Coefficient- Gini Coefficient(a measure of income inequality) has declined from 0.472 during Assessment Year 2014-15 to 0.402 for AY 2022-23.
3) Share of Top earners declined – The share of top earners with incomes exceeding Rs 10 crores and Rs 100 crores has decreased from 2013-14 to 2020-21.
4) Improving upward mobility – The drop in income inequality stems from significant upward mobility. More than 36% of individuals originally in the lowest income bracket in FY14 have transitioned to higher income levels. It led to a notable 21% increase in their earnings from FY14 to FY21.
5) The report indicates rising female labour force participation.
6) Evident shifts in income levels for MSMEs and evolving consumption patterns in the aftermath of the Covid-19 pandemic debunk the myth of K-shaped growth.
What is Gini coefficient?
1) The Gini coefficient, derived from the Lorenz curve, serves as an indicator of income or wealth inequality.
2) The coefficient ranges from 0 (0%) to 1 (100%), 0 representing perfect equality (where every resident in a country has the same income) and 1 representing perfect inequality (one resident earned all income and the rest earned nothing). Higher the value of Gini coefficient, higher the inequality.
UPSC Syllabus- Indian Economy
SC Report Reveals Accessibility Gaps for People with Disabilities in Indian Courts
Source-This post is based on the article “SC report exposes severe gaps in accessibility for people with disabilities at courts across India” published in “The Hindu” on 10th January 2024.
Why in the News?
Recently, the Supreme Court’s Centre for Research and Planning report highlights infrastructure deficiencies in Indian district courts. It raised concerns about obstacles faced by individuals with disabilities in seeking justice.
What are the findings of the report?
1) It highlighted that only 30.4% of court complexes have separate disabled-friendly toilets.
2) It reported that over half of the district court complexes nationwide lack ramps, while only 25.2% are equipped with wheelchairs.
3) It also highlighted that only 5.1% of district courts incorporate tactile paving to aid individuals with visual disabilities in navigating the court premises.
4) The report disclosed an infrastructure gap of 4,250 courtrooms across India. Only 20,831 courtrooms have been operational out of a sanctioned strength of 25,081 judges in the district judiciary.
Note- The report indicated that 73.5% of court premises are owned by the judiciary, 13.3% by the state government, 2.6% (626 courtrooms) are rented, and 10.6% are under construction.
What is the Centre for Research and Planning of the Supreme Court?
It is the Supreme Court’s in-house think tank,
Aim: Strengthening the knowledge infrastructure of the Supreme Court.
Mandate- To conduct cutting-edge research on fundamental jurisprudence, principles, doctrines of law, and judicial reforms, aiming to enhance justice delivery and uphold Judicial Independence.
UPSC Syllabus – Reports & Indices
SC Report Reveals Absence of Women’s Toilets in 20% of District Courts Nationwide
Source- This post is based on the article “One-fifth of district courts in country lack separate toilets for women, says SC report” published in “The Hindu” on 3rd January 2024.
Why in the News?
Recent Supreme Court Report ‘State of the Judiciary‘ highlights the absence of women’s restrooms in almost 20% of District Court complexes nationwide.
What are the Key Findings of the Report?
1) Citing data from the National Judicial Data Grid, it highlighted that almost 20% of district court complexes in the country lack separate toilets for women.
2) It emphasized the need for women-friendly toilets, noting that just 6.7% have sanitary napkin vending machines.
3) It noted that court toilets have broken doors and inadequate water supply. It also highlighted the absence of a designated maintenance service in some cases.
4) It also highlighted lack of toilets for transgender individuals in most district courts, underscoring the importance of having “gender-inclusive toilets” in every court complex.
UPSC Syllabus – Polity and Nation/Reports & Indices
Logistics Ease Across Different State (LEADS) 2023 ranking
Source– This post is based on the article “Shri Piyush Goyal releases the “Logistics Ease Across Different State (LEADS) 2023” published in “PIB” on 16th December 2023.
Why in the News?
The Ministry of Commerce and Industry (MoCI) has released the Fifth edition of the LEADS annual exercise.
What is LEADS ranking ?
Specifications Details What is it? 1) Its an annual ranking exercise providing insights into improvement of logistics performance at State/UT level.
2) It was inspired by the Logistics Performance Index of the World Bank and has undergone continuous development since its inception.
3) Unlike the LPI, which relies solely on perception-based surveys, LEADS incorporates both subjective and objective measures.Launched in 2018 Launched by Ministry of Commerce and Industry (MoCI) Parameters The survey parameters are based on three key pillars—infra-structure, services, and operating and regulatory environment. What are the Key Highlights of the 2023 LEADS Report?
The report includes 11 states and 2 UTs encompassing coastal, landlocked, North Eastern States and UTs.
Performance Highlights from LEADS 2023:
Specifications Details Coastal Group Achievers: Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, Karnataka, Tamil Nadu
Fast Movers: Kerala, Maharashtra
Aspirers: Goa, Odisha, West BengalLandlocked Group Achievers: Haryana, Punjab, Telangana, Uttar Pradesh
Fast Movers: Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Uttarakhand
Aspirers: Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Himachal Pradesh, JharkhandNorth-East Group Achievers: Assam, Sikkim, Tripura
Fast Movers: Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland
Aspirers: Manipur, Meghalaya, MizoramUnion Territories Achievers: Chandigarh, Delhi
Fast Movers: Andaman & Nicobar, Lakshadweep, Puducherry
Aspirers: Daman & Diu/ Dadra & Nagar Haveli, Jammu & Kashmir, LadakhWhat is Logistics Performance Index of the World Bank?
UPSC Syllabus- Indian Economy/ Reports and Indices
Aspirational Blocks Programme (ABP): NITI Aayog releases the 1st Delta Ranking of ABP
Source: The post is based on the article “Aspirational Blocks Programme (ABP): NITI Aayog releases the 1st Delta Ranking of ABP” published in “PIB” on 7th December 2023
Why in the News?
NITI Aayog has released the first Delta Ranking of the Aspirational Blocks Programme (ABP).
Note- It has also released the Aspirational District Programme (ADP) rankings for the month of October, 2023. Rayagada (Odisha) and Jamui (Bihar) have achieved the first and second ranks respectively.
What is the Delta Ranking of the Aspirational Blocks Programme (ABP)?
1) The Delta Ranking is a core strategy of the Programme based on the spirit of competitive and cooperative federalism.
2) It is calculated on the basis of performance of blocks and progress achieved in the Key Performance Indicators (KPIs).
3) Tiriyani Block in Telangana has secured the top position and Kaushambi Block in Uttar Pradesh ranked second.
4) The top rankers of ABP and ADP will be displayed on the Wall of Fame at NITI Aayog. It will display the projects undertaken by the blocks and districts to improve their indicators.
What is the Aspirational Blocks Programme (ABP)?
Specifications Details Launched in January, 2023 Launched by NITI Aayog Inspired from Aspirational District Programme Purpose The programme focuses on improving governance to enhance the quality of life of citizens and service delivery in the remotest and less developed blocks of India. Blocks covered 500 blocks from 329 districts in 27 states and 4 Union Territories. Themes Each block will be monitored based on following themes:
1) Health and Nutrition
2) Education
3) Agriculture and Allied Services
4) Basic Infrastructure and
5) Social Development.Implementation strategy The program strategy is based on three levels:
1) Convergence (of Central & State Schemes)
2) Collaboration (of NITI Aayog, Central Ministries and Departments, State Governments and District and Block Administration) and
3) Competition among blocks driven by a spirit of mass Movement.Nodal Officers 1) Block Officials are identified as Leaders of Change. They will be equipped with skills to drive transformation in blocks.
2) They will work under the guidance of their respective state and district administrations.Rankings NITI Aayog in partnership with the states will release a quarterly ranking of these blocks. What is the Aspirational Districts Programme (ADP)?
UPSC Syllabus: Schemes in News
WHO Global Status Report on Road Safety 2023 – Road fatalities rise in India, despite global drop
Source: The post is based on the article “Global Status Report on Road Safety 2023: Road fatalities rise in India, despite global drop” published in “The Hindu” on 14th December 2023
Why in the News?
Recently, the Global Status Report on Road Safety 2023 has been released.
What is the Global Status Report on Road Safety?
Released by: World Health Organization (WHO)
Aim: To detail the scale of global road traffic deaths and progress in advancing laws, strategies and policies to reduce them around the world.
Key Findings of the report:
1) Global Decline in Road Traffic Deaths: Between 2010 and 2021, road traffic deaths worldwide dropped by 5% to 1.19 million annually.
2) Countries making progress: Around 108 UN member countries reported a decrease in road traffic deaths. 10 countries achieved above 50% reduction in deaths. 35 countries reduced fatalities by 30-50%.
3) India: India, on the other hand, saw a 15% increase in road traffic fatalities rising from 1.34 lakh in 2010 to 1.54 lakh in 2021.
3) Impact on age groups: Road crashes remain a major cause of death among youth (5-29 years) and the 12th leading cause of deaths among all age groups.
4) Population Growth vs Road Fatalities: In the last decade, the global population increased by about 14 billion or 13% but road traffic deaths decreased by 5%. Therefore, the road fatality rate per 100,000 people has seen a reduction.
5) Vehicle Growth Impact: The global motor vehicle fleet increased by 160%. Therefore, the annual fatality rates per 1 lakh vehicles dropped from 79 deaths to 47 deaths marking a 41% reduction.
6) Higher road deaths in Low and Middle Income Countries: Nine in 10 deaths occur in low- and middle-income countries which is disproportionately higher when set against the number of vehicles and roads they have.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports in News
Food Security and Nutrition Report 2023: 74% Indians could not afford healthy diet in 2021
Source: The post is based on the article “Food Security and Nutrition Report 2023: 74% Indians could not afford healthy diet in 2021” published in “The Hindu” on 13th December 2023
Why in the News?
The Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) has released a report titled “Asia Pacific Regional Overview of Food Security and Nutrition 2023: Statistics and Trends”.
What is the Asia Pacific Regional Overview of Food Security and Nutrition 2023 Report?
Released by: Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
Aim: To inform stakeholders on progress towards ending hunger, achieving food security and improving nutrition.
– The report is a glimpse of the progress in meeting Sustainable Development Goals and World Health Assembly (WHA) Global Nutrition Targets 2025.
Key Findings of the report:
Asia-Pacific Region:
1) During the pandemic and the “5Fs” crisis (food, feed, fuel, fertiliser, and finance), the Asia Pacific region experienced troubling statistics.
2) About half of the world’s undernourished people live in the Asia-Pacific region, with more women than men being food insecure.
3) Southern Asia has highest prevalence of undernourishment at 15.6 percent.
India:
1) Affordability of Healthy Diet: In 2021, over 74% of Indians (76.2% in 2020) could not afford a healthy diet.
2) Undernourishment: 16.6% of India’s population is undernourished, facing economic and social costs.
3) Prevalence of Child Malnutrition:
a. Stunting (low height for age): 31.7% of children under the age of five.
b. Wasting (low weight for height): 18.7% (the highest rate in the region)
c. Overweight: 2.8%.4) Low Birth Weight: 27.4% (highest regional prevalence in the region)
5) Anaemia: 53% of women aged 15-49 had anaemia in 2019 (largest prevalence in the region)
6) Exclusive Breastfeeding: India has a higher prevalence (63.7%) of exclusive breastfeeding in infants (0-5 months) compared to the world average (47.7%).
UPSC Syllabus: Reports in News
India Infrastructure Report 2023
Source– This post is based on the article “India Infrastructure Report 2023 released” published in “PIB” on 5th December 2023.
Why in the News?
Shri Venkaiah Naidu, former Vice-President of India, has released The India Infrastructure Report 2023 on Urban Planning and Development.
What is India Infrastructure Report?
1) The report focused on wide range of various complex issues related to urban planning and development along with solutions to make Indian cities sustainable.
2) It is a collaborative effort of the IDFC Foundation, Infrastructure Development Corporation (Karnataka) Ltd. (iDeCK) and the National Institute of Urban Affairs (NIUA).
What are the Key highlights of the India Infrastructure Report 2023?
1) Role of digital technology– The report highlights the transformative role of digital technology in shaping India’s urban landscape with focus on areas like smart cities.
2) Financing urban development– It examines the financial dimensions of urban development, with a special emphasis on public-private partnerships (PPPs). The report also analyses the financial sustainability of urban local bodies.
3) Component of effective urban governance- Report focuses on transient-oriented development, regulation of floor space and land prices, etc.
4) It also laid out a roadmap on how to improve the existing cities through urban redevelopment which merited the attention of planners and policy-makers.
What is the National Institute of Urban Affairs (NIUA)?
1) NIUA, established in 1976, is a Central Autonomous Body under the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs.
2) It has been bridging the gap between research and practice on issues related to urbanization and suggest ways and mechanisms to address urban challenges in the country
UPSC Syllabus- Governance/ Reports and Indices
Glaciers shrank 1 meter a year in a decade: WMO
Source– This post is based on the article “Glaciers shrank 1 m a year in a decade: WMO” published in “The Hindu” on 6th December 2023.
Why in the News?
A recent report by World Meteorological Organisation ‘The Global Climate 2011-2020: A Decade of Acceleration’ highlights the impact of climate change from 2011-2020.
What re the Key highlights of the report?
1) The 2011-2020 decade, despite being the warmest recorded, saw the lowest number of deaths from extreme events. The decade marked the first since 1950 without a single short-term event causing 10,000 deaths or more.
2) Improved early warning systems, forecasting, and disaster management contributed to the decrease in casualties. India benefited from improved cyclone forecasting, enhancing preparedness and evacuation measures
3) The ozone hole visibly showed signs of recovery for the first time during this decade.
4) Glaciers globally shrank by approximately 1 meter per year on average from 2011 to 2020.
– Greenland and Antarctica lost 38% more ice from 2011 to 2020 compared to the 2001-2010 period.5) While heatwaves were responsible for the highest number of human casualties, tropical cyclones caused the most economic damage.
6) Public and private climate finance nearly doubled during the decade. But it needed to increase by at least seven times by the end of 2011-20 to achieve climate objectives, including limiting global temperature rise to 1.5 degrees Celsius.
What is WMO?
UPSC Syllabus- Reports/Indices
NCRB Report 2022
Source- This post is based on the article “One-third of all 2022 suicides were of daily wage earners, farmers, says NCRB report” published in “The Hindu” on 4th December 2023
Why in the News?
Recently, NCRB has released the annual Crime in India report and the Accidental Deaths and Suicides in India (ADSI) report for 2022.
What are the Major Findings of the Crime in India report?
Increase in Cyber Crimes
1) It indicated a 24% surge in cyber crimes across India compared to 2021.2) Bengaluru ranked the highest in cyber crimes. OTP and online bank frauds were the most common cybercrimes reported in the city
3) Cybercrime cases in Delhi almost tripled in 2022 . Most of the crimes related to offences such as publication and transmission of content depicting children in sexually explicit acts in electronic form.
Increase in crimes against SC and ST
1) It showed overall increase in crimes and atrocities committed upon Scheduled Castes (SC) and Scheduled Tribes (ST)2) Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan continued to figure at the top with the highest incidents of crimes and atrocities committed upon SCs and STs.
3) Mizoram, which had reported no cases of atrocities against either SCs or STs in 2021, reported 34 cases of atrocities in 2022.
Increase in UAPA cases
1) A 25% increase in cases registered under the Unlawful Activities Prevention Act (UAPA) suggests increase in offences against the State.2) It also shows dip in sedition cases after Supreme Court 2022 Judgement to keep sedition cases in abeyance.
Fake currency notes crimes
Government authorities seized counterfeit Indian currency notes worth over ₹342 crore in 2022, most of which are Rs.2000 currency notes, followed by Rs.500 notes.What are the Major Findings of the Accidental Deaths and Suicides in India report?
Increase in suicide rate
1) India reported a total of over 1.7 lakh suicides in 2022, nearly one-third of whom were daily wage earners, agricultural labourers, and farmers.2) The maximum suicides in the year were reported from Maharashtra (22,746), Tamil Nadu (19,834), Madhya Pradesh (15,386), Karnataka (13,606), Kerala (10,162), and Telangana (9,980).
Common causes of suicides–
The report pointed out that the most common causes for suicides reported in 2022 were “family problems” and “illness”, which together accounted for almost half of all suicides in the year. This was followed by drug abuse, alcohol addiction, marriage related issues.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
Dynamic Ground Water Resource Assessment Report 2023
Source– This post is based on the article “Union Minister For Jal Shakti Releases Dynamic Ground Water Resource Assessment Report For The Country For The Year 2023.” published on “PIB” on 1st December 2023.
Why in the News?
The Union Minister of Jal Shakti has released the Dynamic Ground Water Resource Assessment Report for the entire country for the year 2023.
What is Dynamic Ground Water Resource Assessment Report?
1. Aim– To determine the prevailing status of groundwater resources and the impact of ongoing groundwater management practices.
2. Conducted jointly by Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) and States/UTs.
3. Previously carried out in 1980, 1995, 2004, 2009, 2011, 2013, 2017, 2020 and 2022
What are the Highlights of Dynamic Ground Water Resource Assessment Report 2023?
1. Increase in ground water recharge: Total annual ground water recharge is 449.08 billion cubic meters (BCM), marking an increase of 11.48 BCM compared to 2022.
2. Increase in annual ground water extraction: Total annual ground water extraction for the entire country is 241.34 BCM.
3. Decrease in stage of groundwater extraction level: Currently stands at 59.23%.
Note- Stage of groundwater extraction is a measure of annual ground water extraction for all uses (irrigation, industrial and domestic uses) over annual extractable ground water resource
4. Out of total 6553 assessment units–
– 736 units (11.23%) have been categorized as ‘Over-exploited’ (where the annual ground water extraction is more than annual extractable ground water resource), witnessing a decline.
– 4793 units categorized as ‘Safe’What are the initiatives taken by government to improve ground water resources?
1. Atal Bhujal Yojana (Atal Jal): Its a Rs. 6000 crore Central Sector Scheme, undertaken with World Bank assistance, for ensuring sustainable management of ground water resources.
2. Jal Shakti Abhiyan (JSA): Launched in 2019, it aims to promote water conservation and water resource management in 256 water stressed districts in the country through targeted interventions
For more information on Ground water use and its Governance in India Click Here to read UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
ILO Report: “A Call for safer and healthier working environments”
Source: The post is based on the article “ILO Report: “A Call for safer and healthier working environments”” published in “The Hindu” on 28th November 2023
Why in the News?
The International Labour Organization (ILO) has released a report titled “A Call for safer and healthier working environments”.
The report will be discussed at the 23rd World Congress on Safety and Health at Work.
What are the key findings of the ILO report?
Specifications Details Work Related Deaths Around 30 lakh workers globally die due to work-related accidents and diseases. Over 63% of these deaths occur in the Asia-Pacific region. Primary causes of work related deaths 1) Long working hours (55 hours or more per week)
2) Exposure to occupational particulate matter, gases and fumes
3) Occupational injuries.Deaths attributed to 1) Around 26 lakh deaths were due to work related diseases while work accidents resulted in 3.3 lakh deaths.
2) The diseases that caused most work-related deaths were circulatory diseases, malignant neoplasms and respiratory diseasesWhat is the International Labour Organization (ILO)?
Specifications Details Established in 1919 Aim To set labour standards, develop policies and devise programmes promoting decent work for all women and men. Members 187 (India is a founder member) Headquarters Geneva, Switzerland Significance 1) It is the first affiliated specialized agency of the United Nations
2) It is the only tripartite U.N. agency that brings together governments, employers and workersReports 1) World Employment and Social Outlook
2) Global Wage Report
3) World Social Protection Report.Recognition It received the Nobel Peace Prize in 1969 “for creating international legislation insuring certain norms for working conditions in every country” Which are the ILO conventions ratified and not ratified by India?
Specifications Details ILO Core Conventions ratified by India India has ratified 6 out of the 8 core/ fundamental ILO conventions:
1) Forced Labour Convention (No. 29)
2) Abolition of Forced Labour Convention (No.105)
3) Equal Remuneration Convention (No.100)
4) Discrimination (Employment Occupation) Convention (No.111)
5) Minimum Age Convention (No.138)
6) Worst forms of Child Labour Convention (No.182)ILO Core Conventions not ratified by India 1) Freedom of Association and Protection of Right to Organised Convention (No.87)
2) Right to Organize and Collective Bargaining Convention (No.98)Other ILO Conventions not ratified by India:
1) Occupational Safety and Health Convention, 1981 (No. 155)
2) Promotional Framework for Occupational Safety and Health Convention, 2006 (No.187)What is the 23rd World Congress on Safety and Health at Work?
Specifications Details Organized by International Labour Organization(ILO), Government of Australia, Safework New South Wales and the International Social Security Association (ISSA). To be held at Australia Aim To create international connections, hear different perspectives, and learn new skills to lead safety and health in the future of work. Theme for 2023 “Shaping change: Collaborating for a healthier and safer world of work” UPSC Syllabus: Reports in News
The OECD report on climate finance
Source– This post is based on the article “The OECD Report on Climate Finance” published in “The Hindu” on 21 November 2023.
Why in the News?
The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) has published a new assessment report on climate finance ahead of the UN climate summit (COP28) in Dubai, UAE.
What is OECD?
What is Climate Finance?
What are the Key Findings of the Report?
Total climate finance In 2021, total climate finance provided and mobilised by developed countries for developing countries amounted to USD 89.6 billion, showing a significant 7.6% increase over the previous year.
However, this fell short of the target to jointly mobilise $100 billion a year, as pledged by the developed nations at COP15 (Copegnhagen, Denmark) in 2009.Public Climate Finance (bilateral and multilateral) Contribution 1. It almost doubled over the 2013-21 period, from USD 38 billion to USD 73.1 billion, accounting for the vast majority of the total USD 89.6 billion in 2021.
2. But almost two-thirds of public climate financing was provided as loans. It means the conditions attached to such financing could further exacerbate debt stress in poorer countries.Private Climate finance The report shows that private financing for climate action has stagnated for a decade. In 2021 in particular, it showed that private funding reverted to its 2019 level following a slight dip in 2020. Adaptation finance Finances for adaptation dropped by 14% in 2021 compared to 2020. As such, their share in the total climate finance has decreased from 34% to 27%. Financial assistance needed by developing countries By 2025, developing countries are estimated to require around $1 trillion a year in climate investments, rising to roughly $2.4 trillion each year between 2026 and 2030. UPSC Syllabus- Environment & International Organisations
Global Talent Competitiveness Index 2023: India Slides Sharply, Worst Among the BRICS Group
Source: The post is based on the article “Global Talent Competitiveness Index 2023:India Slides Sharply, Worst Among the BRICS Group” published in “The Wire” on 15th November 2023
Why in the News?
The Global Talent Competitiveness Index 2023 has been released.
What is the Global Talent Competitiveness Index?
Specifications Details Published by INSEAD, in collaboration with Descartes Institute for the Future. Aim To measure how countries and cities grow, attract and retain talent. Coverage 134 countries Parameters The index is calculated based on two sub-indices:
1) Input framework: It measures countries’ regulatory and business environments, as well as what they are doing to attract, grow and retain talent.
2) Output framework: It measures the quality of talent in a country.What are the key rankings of Global Talent Competitiveness Index 2023?
Specifications Details Topped by Switzerland, Singapore and the United States are the top three ranked countries. India’s rank 103 out of 134 countries.
Note: India’s rank was 83 ten years ago.BRICS countries China remained the leading member of the BRICS group at rank 40.
India’s performance is the worst amongst that of the BRICS countries.What are the reasons for India’s fall in GTCI 2023?
1) India’s business sentiment decline affected talent attraction domestically and internationally. This impacted ‘External Openness’ and ‘Internal Openness’ rankings.
2) Challenges persist in aligning available skills with market demands. This resulted in lower rankings for ‘Employability’ and ‘Vocational and Technical Skills’.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports/Index in News
Logistics Performance Index (LPI):11 Stakeholder Ministries/Departments meets on Measures Taken and Action Plan for Improving India’s Logistics Performance Index (LPI) Ranking
Source: The post is based on the article “Logistics Performance Index (LPI):11 Stakeholder Ministries/Departments meets on Measures Taken and Action Plan for Improving India’s Logistics Performance Index (LPI) Ranking” published in “PIB” on 18th November 2023
Why in the News?
Several Ministries recently held discussions on measures taken and action plans needed for improving India’s ranking in the World Bank’s Logistics Performance Index (LPI).
What is the Logistics Performance Index(LPI)?
Specifications Details Released by World Bank Aim It is a tool created to help countries identify the challenges and opportunities they face in their performance on trade logistics and what they can do to improve their performance. Parameters There are six parameters: 1) Customs performance
2) Infrastructure quality
3) Ease of arranging shipments
4) Logistics services quality
5) Consignment tracking and tracing
6) Timeliness of shipments
Duration of release It is a biennial report (once every 2 years) that started in 2010 with the exception of 2020 due to COVID-19 pandemic. A restructured index was released in 2023. India’s rank in LPI 2023 38 among 139 countries. This is a significant improvement from its previous ranking of 44th in 2018 and 54th in 2014.
India’s Target India’s National Logistics Policy has fixed a target to take up India’s ranking in top 25 by 2030. What are the measures India is taking to improve its Logistics Performance Index(LPI) ranking?
1) PM Gati Shakti initiative: Launched in 2021, it is a national master plan for multimodal connectivity. It aims to reduce logistics costs and boost the economy by 2024-25.
2) National Logistics Policy (NLP): It was introduced in 2022 to solve transport issues, optimize manufacturing efficiency, and speed up last-mile delivery in the logistics sector.
3) Land Port Management System (LPMS): It was implemented by the Land Ports Authority of India (LPAI) to digitize operations and facilitate a secure electronic flow of information between all stakeholders at the Integrated check posts (ICPs). It has been successful in reducing the dwell time from 57 days to less than 24 hours.
– Note: Dwell time refers to the amount of time a ship or cargo spends at a port or terminal before being loaded or unloaded onto a vessel.
4) Ministry of Railways: It discussed railway initiatives including 100% electrification of railway tracks , increased CAPEX of INR 2.6 lakhs in FY24 and Eastern and Western dedicated freight corridors.
5) Ministry of Ports: It has taken several initiatives such as automation of weightbridges, improving scanning facilities at the ports and simplifying processes by creating Standard Operating Procedures (SoPS) across all the ports.
UPSC Syllabus: Index/Reports in News
India’s heft in MSCIEM index: what it means
Source– This post is based on the article “India’s heft in MSCIEM index: what it means” published in “Live mint” on 17th November 2023.
Why in the News?
India’s weightage on the MSCI Emerging Markets(EM) index will rise after inclusion of nine Indian stocks.
What is MSCI Emerging Markets Index?
Aspect Details What is it? It is a NYSE(New York Stock Exchange) listed global index that is designed to track the financial performance of key companies in fast-growing nations. Launched by MSCI Inc., formerly Morgan Stanley Capital International in 1988. Significance 1. Its stock indices widely tracked by global asset managers, banks, insurance companies, corporates and various other entities to allocate funds across global markets.
2. The MSCI Emerging Markets Index reflects the performance of large-cap and medium-cap companies in 25 nations.
3. It is also used by emerging market Exchange Traded Funds and mutual funds as a benchmark to measure their own performance.How stocks are included? 1. The stock weight on EM index are based on free float market capitalization(capital available for trade in the stock market).
2. The higher the market capitalization, the higher the weight and the allocation by investors.How India performed in the Index?
1. India included in the index in 1994.
2. After inclusion of nine Indian stocks, India’s current representation in MSCI EM index will reached to 131 stocks.
3. India, has the second-highest weightage in the index after China’s.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Indices
Innovation Handshake: India and US launch ‘Innovation Handshake’ to deepen bilateral tech ties
Source: The post is based on the article “Innovation Handshake: India and US launch ‘Innovation Handshake’ to deepen bilateral tech ties” published in “Business Standard” on 17th November 2023
Why in the News?
India has signed a memorandum of understanding(MoU) with the US on “Enhancing Innovation Ecosystems through an Innovation Handshake”.
What is an Innovation Handshake?
Specifications Details Launched by India and US Launched under It is a concept developed under the US-India Commercial Dialogue Aim To bring the two governments together with venture capitalists, entrepreneurs and industry players.
They will have open discussions to explore opportunities and tackle challenges in key sectors highlighted in the US-India Critical and Emerging Technology initiative.Objectives 1) To connect the two sides’ dynamic startup ecosystems
2)To address specific regulatory hurdles to cooperation
3)To share information and best practices for startup fundraising
4)To promote innovation and job growth, particularly in critical and emerging technologies(CET)What is US-India Commercial Dialogue?
Commercial Dialogue(CD) is a dialogue at Ministerial level between India and the U.S.It involves regular government-to-government meetings to be held alongside private sector meetings.
Aim: To facilitate trade and maximize investment opportunities across a broad range of economic sectors.
UPSC Syllabus: International Relations
9th India International Science Festival (IISF) 2023 to be held at Faridabad, Haryana
Source: The post is based on the article “9th India International Science Festival (IISF) 2023 to be held at Faridabad, Haryana” published in “PIB” on 16th November 2023
Why in the News?
The 9th edition of the India International Science Festival (IISF) 2023 will be held at Faridabad, Haryana.
What is the India International Science Festival(IISF)?
Specifications Details Started in 2015 Organized by Ministry of Science and Technology, Ministry of Earth Sciences, Department of Space and Department of Atomic Energy in partnership with Vijnana Bharati. Purpose It is a science movement spearheaded by scientists of the nation with swadeshi spirit. Aim To provide a platform for inspiring public at large and individuals with diverse levels of interests like students, educators, scientists, researchers and science communicators Theme for 9th IISF ‘Science and Technology Public Outreach in Amrit Kaal’ UPSC Syllabus: Science and Technology
World Governance Index: Need for World Bank’s governance indicators to be transparent
Source: The post is based on the article “World Governance Index: Need for World Bank’s governance indicators to be transparent” published in “Indian Express” on 16th November 2023
Why in the News?
Chief Economic Advisor has raised concerns over the use of Worldwide Governance Index Indicators in ratings assessment by credit ratings agencies. He has called for the World Governance Index to be more transparent and less subjective.
What is the World Governance Index?
Specifications Details Published by World Bank Purpose It provides a ranking of 215 countries territories based on six dimensions of governance:
1)Voice and Accountability
2)Political Stability and Absence of Violence
3)Government Effectiveness
4)Regulatory Quality
5)Rule of Law
6)Control of CorruptionSources WGI aggregates information from over 30 data sources provided by various institutions like survey institutes, think tanks, NGOs, international organizations, and private sector firms.
Examples include the Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU), Varieties of Democracy (V-Dem) Project and Freedom House.Significance WGI plays a key role in deciding the sovereign credit rating of any country. What are the concerns of India related to the World Governance Index?
1) The World Bank compiles the World Governance Index Indicators using data from think tanks and organizations like Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU), Varieties of Democracy (V-Dem) Project and Freedom House. However, India has argued that these indicators have methodological problems as they are based on subjective opinions of some experts who do not have presence on the ground. For instance, US-based Freedom House has given India a score of 66 out of 100 and tagged it ‘partly free’. EIU 2022 Democracy Index ranked India at 46 and classed it as a ‘flawed democracy’.
2) These indicators are then used by global rating agencies to assess governance levels while deciding on countries’ credit ratings. A lower credit rating increases the borrowing cost for countries. Hence, that’s why India has called for the World Governance Index to be more transparent and less subjective.
UPSC Syllabus: Index/Reports in News
THE INDO-PACIFIC REGIONAL DIALOGUE 2023
Source– This post “THE INDO-PACIFIC REGIONAL DIALOGUE 2023” is based on the article “The Apex-level International outreach of the Indian Navy towards a prosperous and secure Indo-Pacific” published in “PIB” on 14 November 2023.
Why in the News?
The annual apex-level international conference of the Indian Navy – the Indo-Pacific Regional Dialogue (IPRD) – will be held in New Delhi from 15 to 17 November 2023.
What is Indo-Pacific Regional Dialogue (IPRD)?
What is it? It is an apex level international annual conference of the Indian Navy Objective It reviews the current geopolitics in the Indo-Pacific region and identifies opportunities, dangers, and problems that are arising. Organised by National Maritime Foundation (NMF)-
1. Indian Navy’s knowledge partner and chief organiser of each edition of the IPRD.
2. It aims to review various maritime trends within the Indo-Pacific region and foster the exchange of solution-oriented dialogue amongst key stakeholders.Previous Editions 1. 2018, 2019 and 2022 respectively held at New Delhi.
2. IPRD 2020 was cancelled due to the Covid-19 outbreak
3. 2021 held in online modeTheme of 2023 Dialogue Geopolitical Impacts upon Indo-Pacific Maritime Trade and Connectivity IPRD 2023 Sessions Six professional sessions spread over a three-day period. Other Similar Programs 1. Goa Maritime Conclave 2023(Project the Indian Navy’s cooperative engagement at the strategic-operational level)
2. IPRD, on the other hand is the principal manifestation of the Navy’s international engagement at the strategic-level, addressing ‘holistic’ maritime security issues across the Indo-Pacific.UPSC Syllabus- IR(Summits)
State of Application Security Report: Digital infra gaps drive surge in cyberattacks in India
Source: The post is based on the article “State of Application Security Report: Digital infra gaps drive surge in cyberattacks in India” published in “Business Standard” on 15th November 2023
Why in the News?
According to the State of Application Security Report, India has witnessed a 70% rise in cyberattacks in the third quarter (Q3) in 2023.
What is the State of Application Security Report?
Released by: Indusface, an app security solutions firm
Key Findings of the report:
1)India has experienced over 1.6 billion cyberattacks in the second quarter of 2023. This is an increase of 70% over the previous quarter.
2)Bot attack: It is a type of cyberattack that uses automated scripts to disrupt a site, steal data, make fraudulent purchases, or perform other malicious actions. India, US and UK emerged as top victims of bot attacks.
3)Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS): It is an attack where cybercriminals significantly increase traffic to the target website using an army of the compromised computers in order to deny service to the regular visitors to a site. This makes the website unavailable to the user, causing losses to the service provider. The top victims of DDoS attacks were India, the United States and Germany.
Why is India vulnerable to cyberattacks?
Specifications Details Accelerated digital adoption, over a short span of time The widespread digital adoption has left little or no time for the proper development of a backend cyber security infrastructure, putting a large amount of data at risk. Limited understanding about cyber security The understanding of cyber security and its prevention continues to be limited among the end users. Lack of Cyber Laws There is a lack of strong cyber security laws and stringent legal framework for identifying and taking cyber criminals. Lack of International Coordination International cooperation and consensus is missing in this field. Adverse relations with China China is considered one of the world leaders in information technology. Therefore, it is expected to have capabilities to disable or partially interrupt the information technology services in another country. UPSC Syllabus: Science and Technology (Reports)
NDC Synthesis Report: World is severely off track to limit planet-heating emissions
Source: The post is based on the article “NDC Synthesis Report: World is severely off track to limit planet-heating emissions” published in “The Hindu” on 15th November 2023
Why in the News?
The Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) Synthesis Report has been released.
What is the NDC Synthesis Report?
Released by: Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change(IPCC)
Purpose: The report has analyzed the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) of 195 Parties to the Paris Agreement.
Key Findings of the report:
1)If the current Nationally Determined Contributions(NDC) are implemented, global greenhouse gas emissions are set to increase 9% by 2030, compared to 2010 levels.
2)This is a marginal improvement over last year’s assessment, which found countries were on a path to increase emissions by 10.6% by 2030, compared to 2010 levels.
3)But the studies have clearly indicated that emissions need to be cut by 43% by the end of 2030 compared to 2010 levels to meet the goal of limiting global temperature rise to 1.5 degrees.
What is the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change(IPCC)?
Specifications Details Established in 1988 by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP). Aim To provide policymakers with regular scientific assessments related to climate change India India is one of the member of IPCC Working Groups Working Group I: Focuses on the physical science basis of climate change. Working Group II: Addresses impacts, adaptation, and vulnerability. Working Group III: Examines options for mitigation of climate change. Does IPCC conducts its own research IPCC itself does not conduct any research nor does it monitor climate related data or parameters.
Instead, thousands of scientists from all over the world contribute to the work of IPCC on a voluntary basis.Nobel Prize The 2007 Nobel Peace Prize was shared between the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and United States former vice president, Al Gore. UPSC Syllabus: Environment (Reports and Indices)
World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH): India will host 33rd Conference of WOAH Regional Commission for Asia and Pacific
Source: The post is based on the article “World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH): India will host 33rd Conference of WOAH Regional Commission for Asia and Pacific” published in “PIB” on 14th November 2023
Why in the News?
India is set to host the 33rd Conference of the WOAH Regional Commission for Asia and the Pacific at New Delhi.
What is the WOAH Regional Commission for Asia and the Pacific?
The World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH) has set up five Regional Commissions to express specific problems facing its Members in the different regions of the world.
The Regional Commission for Asia and the Pacific is one of them. It organizes a Conference once every two years in one of the countries of the region.
These conferences aim to develop technical items and foster regional cooperation for the control of animal diseases.
The 33rd conference is being hosted by the Department of Animal Husbandry & Dairying at New Delhi.
What is the World Organisation for Animal Health (WOAH)?
Specifications Details Founded in 1924 Type Intergovernmental organisation Aim To coordinate, support and promote animal disease control Members 183 (India is one of the member) Headquarters Paris, France Significance Recognized as the reference organization for international animal health standards by the World Trade Organization (WTO) UPSC Syllabus: International Organisations
Open Doors 2023 report: India Reached An All-Time High In International Student Enrollment In The USA
Source: The post is based on the article “Open Doors 2023 report: India Reached An All-Time High In International Student Enrollment In The USA” published in “The Hindu” on 14th November 2023
Why in the News?
The Open Doors 2023 Report on International Educational Exchange has been released.
What is the Open Doors 2023 Report?
Released by: U.S. Department of State’s Bureau of Educational and Cultural Affairs and the Institute of International Education (IIE)
Aim: To provide comprehensive information on international students studying at higher education institutions.
Key Findings of the report:
Specifications Details International students in US The US hosted more than one million international students during the 2022/2023 academic year, a 12% increase compared to the previous academic year.
It is the fastest growth rate in more than 40 yearsCountry wise China retained its top position as the leading source of international students in the U.S. India India was the second leading country of origin of students to the US.
It has reached an all-time high of around 2.6 lakh international students in 2022/23, an increase of 35% year-over-year.Contribution of International Students to US economy International students accounted for 6% of the total U.S. higher education population and contributed nearly $38 billion to the U.S. economy UPSC Syllabus: International Relations and Reports and Indices
IQAir report: Delhi most polluted city in world
Source: The post is based on the article “IQAir report: Delhi most polluted city in world” published in “The Hindu” on 14th November 2023
Why in the News?
IQAir has released the Air Quality Index(AQI).
What is the Air Quality Index(AQI)?
Specifications Details Released by IQAir, a Swiss based air purifier company Purpose To measure air quality levels data from 109 countries Based on US Methodology Parameter It measures air quality levels based on the concentration of airborne particles known as PM2.5. What are the key findings of the IQAir Air Quality Index(AQI)?
1)Most Polluted City: Delhi was the most polluted city in the world. It was followed by Lahore, Pakistan.
— Note: Air pollution in parts of Delhi was 30 times the safe limits prescribed by the World Health Organization (WHO) contributed in part by the firecrackers.
2)Other Indian Cities in top 10 polluted cities: Kolkata was fourth on the list, followed by Mumbai in ninth place.
3)Cleanest City: Mexico City was declared the cleanest city in the world.
UPSC Syllabus: Environment
INDUS-X: First INDUS-X Investors Meet held in Delhi ahead of 2+2 Indo-US Ministerial Dialogue
Source: The post is based on the article “INDUS-X: First INDUS-X Investors Meet held in Delhi ahead of 2+2 Indo-US Ministerial Dialogue” published in “PIB” on 9th November 2023
Why in the News?
Innovations for Defence Excellence (iDEX) has organized the first INDUS-X Investors Meet at New Delhi.
What is INDUS-X?
Specifications Details Full Form India – U.S. Defense Acceleration Ecosystem (INDUS-X) Launched in June 2023 Aim To expand strategic technology partnership and defense industrial cooperation between governments, businesses and academic institutions of India and US. Led by India’s Innovations for Defense Excellence (iDEX) and the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) Activities INDUS-X will organize several initiatives such as joint prize challenges for start-ups, roundtable events, mentor-protege initiatives between major primes and startups, formation of a Senior Advisory Group among others. Significance This initiative builds on a commitment by the U.S. and Indian National Security Advisors in January 2023.
They committed to launch an “Innovation Bridge” to connect U.S. and Indian defence start-ups as part of the U.S.-India initiative on Critical and Emerging Technology(iCET)UPSC Syllabus: International Relations
UNEP Production Gap Report: World will overshoot 2030 fossil fuel limit by twice over
Source: The post is based on the article “Production Gap Report :World will overshoot 2030 fossil fuel limit by twice over” published in “The Hindu” on 9th November 2023
Why in the News?
The UN Environment Programme (UNEP) has published the Production Gap Report 2023.
What is the Production Gap Report?
Specifications Details Prepared by UNEP, Stockholm Environment Institute (SEI), Climate Analytics, E3G AND International Institute for Sustainable Development. First Launched in 2019 Aim To track the discrepancy between governments’ planned fossil fuel production and global production levels consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C or 2°C Key Focus of the report The report analyzes emissions trends for 20 major fossil-fuel-producing countries. One among them is India. What are the key findings of the Production Gap Report 2023?
(1) Under the Paris Agreement, countries have committed to a long-term goal of limiting average global temperature to less than two degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels and even try to limit them further to 1.5 degrees Celsius.
(2) However, the report analyzed the 20 major fossil fuel producing countries.
(3) It found that these countries plan to produce more than double the amount of fossil fuels in 2030 than would be consistent with limiting warming to 1.5°C and 69% more than that would be consistent with 2 degrees Celsius.
What are the recommendations given by the Production Gap Report 2023?
(1) Increase transparency in the plans, projections and support for fossil fuel production.Align those plans with national and global climate goals;
(2)Aim for a near total phase-out of coal production and use by 2040 and a combined reduction in oil and gas production and use by three-quarters by 2050 from 2020 levels.
UPSC Syllabus- Environment (Reports and Indices)
State of Climate Services Report for 2023
Source– This post ” State of Climate Services Report for 2023” is based on the article “Health sector poorly equipped to prevent heat hazards & impacts of other extreme weather events, says WMO report” published in “DownToEarth” on 07 November 2023.
Why in the News?
A report from the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) indicated that the health sector is inadequately prepared to safeguard people from the effects of heat and other extreme weather events.
What is World Meteorological Organisation?
About Its a specialised agency of the United Nations. Objective It handles international cooperation and coordination on the state of the Earth’s atmosphere. It is formed for exchanging weather data and research. Established in In 1950-originated from the International Meteorological Organisation (IMO). Headquarter Geneva ( Switzerland) What is State of Climate Service report ?
Released by World Meteorological Organisation(Annually) 2023 report focus area Health What is its highlight? It highlights the need for tailored climate information and services to support the health sector in the face of more extreme weather and poor air quality, shifting infectious disease patterns and food and water insecurity. What are the Key findings of the 2023 report?
Climate Change impact on Health
(1) Health of the most vulnerable countries and populations will be impacted by the extreme weather events resulting from climate change, including heatwaves, droughts, floods and wildfires.
(2) Around 50 per cent of excess mortality resulting from climate change by the year 2050 will occur in Africa (least emitter of global Green house Gas Emissions), according to the WMO report.Lack of infrastructure and ineffective utilisation of Data.
(1) Less than 25 percent health ministries utlises the climate information & services to monitor climate-sensitive health risks.
(2) Around 74 per cent of the National Meteorological and Hydrological Services (NMHS) provide data services for the health sector but it was not utilised effectively for the health sector.
(3) 85 percent of nations lack a formal agreement between the Ministry of Health and National Meteorological and Hydrological Services (NMHS)s to facilitate data sharing and collaboration.
(4) Only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems.Way Forward
As Petteri Taalas, secretary-general of the WMO wrote in the report there is limited cooperation and most government agencies dealing with health and climate need to develop and strengthen their partnerships.
UPSC Syllabus- Reports & Index
India’s hypertension map: How different states, regions fare
Source: The post is based on the article “India’s hypertension map: How different states, regions fare” published in “Indian Express” on 8th November 2023
Why in the News?
The recent analysis of the National Family Health Survey(NFHS) data has revealed substantial disparities in the prevalence, diagnosis, treatment and control of hypertension within Indian states and districts.
What is Hypertension?
Aspect Description Definition High blood pressure exceeding normal levels, typically above 130/80 mm Hg. Risk Factors Unhealthy diet, obesity, lack of exercise, genetics, age, stress, and certain medical conditions. Diagnosis Blood pressure measurement using a sphygmomanometer. Hypertension: Above 130/80 mm Hg. What are the key findings of the data on Hypertension in India?
Specifications Details Southern States vs National Average (1) Hypertension prevalence in southern states slightly exceeded the national average (29.9% vs. 26.8%).
(2) The proportion of diagnosed individuals with hypertension was similar in southern states but showed higher treatment and control rates compared to the national average.Districts Level In Meghalaya, the prevalence of hypertension was similar in the districts. But the proportion of those diagnosed varied significantly. Gender Disparity Men are more prone to hypertension. But women are more likely to be diagnosed, treated and have controlled blood pressure. Age disparity The prevalence, diagnosis, treatment, and control were all higher among those over the age of 65 years when compared with youngsters. Wealth wise Hypertension was found to be highest among the wealthiest fifth of the population. Education The prevalence of hypertension was similar among those who had had no schooling and those who had passed Class 11. But the diagnosis, treatment and control was higher among those who had completed schooling. What is the significance of this district wise data on Hypertension?
Understanding the district-wise data helps state governments in allocating resources more effectively, identifying regions needing additional care or facilities.
What should be done to control Hypertension in India?
According to the WHO report on Hypertension, nearly 4.6 million deaths can be averted in India by 2040 if just half of the hypertension patients are able to control their blood pressure.
In line with this, the Government of India has launched an ambitious initiative to put 75 million people with hypertension or diabetes on treatment by 2025.
UPSC Syllabus: Science and Technology (Health)
Global TB Report: India had highest number of TB cases globally in 2022
Source: The post is based on the article “Global TB Report: India had highest number of TB cases globally in 2022” published in “Indian Express” on 8th November 2023
Why in the News?
The World Health Organization (WHO) has released the Global TB Report 2023.
What are the key findings of the Global TB Report 2023?
Globally:
Specifications Details TB cases in 2022 7.5 million.This is the highest number since WHO began global TB monitoring in 1995. TB incidence rate (new cases per 100,000 population per year) Increased by 3.9 per cent between 2020 and 2022.This marks a reversal from the previous declining trend. Deaths due to TB in 2022 1.30 million deaths.This was down from estimates of 1.4 million in both 2020 and 2021 and almost back to the level of 2019. High TB Burden countries (1) Overall, 30 high burden countries collectively made up 87% of global TB cases.
(2) Two-thirds of the global TB cases was in eight countries namely: India (27%), Indonesia (10%), China (7.1%), the Philippines (7.0%), Pakistan (5.7%), Nigeria (4.5%), Bangladesh (3.6%) and the Democratic Republic of the Congo (3.0%).India:
Specifications Details TB cases in 2022 2.8 million TB cases in 2022 with a 12% case fatality ratio. Multidrug-resistant(MDR) TB cases Around 1.1 lakh cases Deaths due to TB 3,42,000 (3,31,000 among HIV-negative people and 11,000 among those with HIV) India’s contribution to TB cases worldwide India accounted for the highest number of tuberculosis (TB) cases in the world in 2022.It contributed 27% of the total TB cases. UPSC Syllabus: Science and Technology (Diseases), Reports and Indices
National Coal Index
Source– This post “National Coal Index” is based on the article”National Coal Index Increases by 3.83 points in September” published in “PIB” on 7th November 2023.
Why in News?
The National Coal Index (NCI) has increased first time since April 2023.
What is National Coal Index?
Specification Details Started in 4th June 2020 Started by Ministry of Coal Other participating Institutions The concept and design of the Index have been developed by the Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata. Objective It is a price index(released monthly) which reflects the change of price level of coal in a particular month relative to the fixed base year. Base Year The base year for the NCI is Financial Year 2017-18 Components Composed of five sub-indices:
(a) Three for Non-Coking Coal-The three sub-indices for Non Coking Coal are combined to arrive at the Index for Non Coking Coal.
(b) Two for Coking Coal-Two sub-indices for Coking Coal are combined to arrive at the Index for Coking Coal.Compilation Parameters (1) Prices of coal from all the sales channels of coal(Notified Prices, Auction Prices and Import Prices) are taken into account for compiling the NCI.
(2) The amount of revenue share per tonne of coal produced from auctioned blocks would be calculated by means of defined formula.Who notified the prices? (1) Non-Coking coal – Coal India Limited fixes notified prices for each grade (uniform for both regulated and non regulated sector).
(2) Coking Coal – Subsidiaries of Coal India Limited notified the prices.Benefits (1) The Coal Index is the base indicator for the purpose of taxation.
(2) This Index will be helpful For future calculation of upfront amount and intrinsic value of mine.
(3) This index can be basis for calculation of annual escalation (monthly payment).What does the upward movement of the National Coal index indicates?
(1) It indicates rising demand of coal because of upcoming festive season and winter in the country.
(2) It will encourage coal producer to take maximum benefit by further scaling-up domestic coal production to meet the growing energy demands.UPSC Syllabus- Indian Economy (Reports & Index)
World Local Production Forum
Source: The post is based on the article “World Local Production Forum”published in “PIB” on 7th November 2023
Why in the News?
The Union Minister of State for Chemicals and Fertilizers is participating in the 2nd World Local Production Forum (WLPF) at The Hague, Netherlands.
What is the World Local Production Forum(WLPF)?
Specifications Details Initiative of World Health Organization (WHO) Aim To increase access to medicines and other health technologies. Functions The forum provides Member States a regular platform to shape strategies and foster partnerships on sustainable local production to improve timely and equitable access to quality assured health products. Secretariat The Local Production and Assistance Unit of WHO WLPF meetings 1st WLPF: Held in 2021 2nd WLPF: 2023 Host Country: Netherlands
UPSC Syllabus: International Summits
Hunger Hotspot
Source: This post “Hunger hotspot” is based on the article”Hunger Hotspots: FAO-WFP early warnings on acute food insecurity | June-November 2023 Outlook” in “World food programme Report” on 29 May 2023.
Why in News?
FAO and WFP have warned that acute food insecurity is likely to deteriorate further in 18 hunger hotspots – comprising a total 22 countries – during from June to November 2023.
What is World Food programme?
The World Food Programme is the world’s largest humanitarian organization. It was established in 1961. The aim of the organisation is to save lives in emergencies and using food assistance to build a pathway to peace, stability and prosperity.
About the report
Aspect Details What is the report? The FAO-WFP Hunger Hotspots study focusses on acute food insecurity in hunger hotspot regions of the world. Issued By Jointly by Food and Agriculture Organisation(FAO) and World Food programme(WFP). Countries Covered 22 Countries What are the key findings of the Report?
(1) Hotspots with highest concern- Afghanistan, Nigeria, Somalia, South Sudan and Yemen remain hotspots of highest concern for the June to November 2023 outlook.
Haiti, the Sudan and Sahel region (Burkina Faso and Mali) have been included in this category for this edition, increasing the level of concern from very high in the last edition.(2) Hotspots with very high concern- The Central African Republic, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Ethiopia, Kenya, Pakistan and the Syrian Arab Republic are hotspots of very high concern, and the alert is also extended to Myanmar in this edition.
(3) Other countries that Requires monitoring- Democratic Republic of Korea, Mozambique, Zimbabwe, Venezuela, Colombia, Gambia and Senegal.
Factors causing food insecurity in these hotspots
(1) Violence- Population displacement, abandonment of agricultural land, loss of life and assets, disruption of trade and cropping and loss of access to markets caused by conflicts can worsen food insecurity.
(2) Natural Hazards- Extreme weather conditions and climate variability are likely to affect several parts of the world during the outlook period.
(3) Poor humanitarian access- Humanitarian access is limited in various ways, including administrative/bureaucratic impediments, movement restrictions, security constraints and physical constraints related to the environment.
Upsc Syllabus- Food security(Report)
Adaptation Gap Report 2023
Source: This post “Adaptation Gap Report 2023” is based on the article”Adaptation gap in developing countries widening even as extreme weather events worsen: UNEP“ published in “Down To Earth” on 2nd November 2023.
Why in News?
Recently, The Adaptation Gap Report 2023 was issued by the United Nations Environment Programme(UNEP). According to the report, the world is underprepared, under invested and lacks the necessary planning for adaptation to climate change.
What is UNEP?
Genesis It was established after the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment in Stockholm in June 1972. Establishment year 1972 Objective UNEP’s mission is to inspire, inform, and enable nations and peoples to improve their quality of life without compromising that of future generations. Secretariat Nairobi, Kenya Membership All countries part of UN. (India is a member) What is Adaptation Gap Report ? What are the findings of 2023 Report?
What is it? The UNEP Adaptation Gap Report (AGR) series provides an annual science-based assessment of the global progress on adaptation planning, financing, and implementation. Issued by The AGR is co-produced by UNEP, the UNEP Copenhagen Climate Centre(UNEP-CCC) and World Adaptation Science Programme(WASP). Other Reports by UNEP Emission Gap Report, Global Environment Outlook, Frontiers, Invest into Healthy Planet. Key observations of the report
(1) Slowed climate Adaptation progress
(a) Countries need financing of $215 billion to $387 billion every year to adapt to climate change. But they have been receiving only $21.3 billion.
(b) The adaptation finance needs of developing countries are 10-18 times greater than what they have been receiving.(2) Increasing Loss and damages
(a)A recent study indicates that the 55 most climate-vulnerable economies alone have already experienced losses and damages of more than US $500 billion in the last two decades.Recommendations of the report
(1) Invest in adaptation and mitigation- Every billion invested in adaptation against coastal flooding leads to a USD 14 billion reduction in economic damages.(2) COP 28 must deliver new momentum on adaptation and loss and damage –Policymakers, multilateral banks, investors and the private sector must ensure the same
UPSC syllabus- Environment
NITI weighs discontinuing key water report launched 5 years ago
Source: The post is based on the article “NITI weighs discontinuing key water report launched 5 years ago” published in “Indian Express” on 6th November 2023
Why in the News?
NITI Aayog is said to have marked the Composite Water Management Index’ report for the year 2018-19 and 2019-20 for “internal use” after having publicly released the previous editions.
What is the Composite Water Management Index?
Specifications Details Started in 2018 Started by NITI Aayog Associated Ministries Water Resources, Drinking Water & Sanitation and Rural Development Aim To evaluate and rank the states and Union Territories in India on their management of water resources. Objective To enable effective water management in Indian states in the face of this growing crisis. Parameters The index consists of 9 key themes which are
1.Restoration of Water Bodies
2.Groundwater
3.Major and Medium Irrigation
4.Watershed Development
5.Participatory Irrigation Practices
6.Sustainable on-form Water Use Practices
7.Rural Drinking Water
8.Urban Water Supply and Sanitation
9.Policy and Governance.What does the latest Composite Water Management Index report say?
The latest Composite Water Management Index report maps the performance of states for 2018-19 and 2019-20.According to the report:
1. Water scarcity is a “national problem”.
2. The average annual per capita water availability is expected to reduce to 1,486 cubic meters per person per year by 2021 from 1,545 cubic meters per person per year in 2011.
– Note: As per the annual water availability norms, the availability value of less than 1,700 cubic meter/person/year indicates water shortage. Water availability below 1,000 cubic metre/ capita/ year is considered as “scarcity”.
3. Gujarat tops the list with continuous improvements year on year. It is closely followed by Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh in terms of performance.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports/Index
Prime Minister inaugurates World Food India 2023
Source: The post is based on the article “Prime Minister inaugurates World Food India 2023” published in “PIB” on 3rd November 2023
Why in the News?
The Prime Minister has inaugurated the second edition of the ‘World Food India 2023’ in New Delhi.
What is World Food India 2023?
Specification Details Organized by Ministry of Food Processing Industries Aim To present India as the ‘food basket of the world’ and commemorate 2023 as the International Year of Millets. Partner country Netherlands Events focus country Japan What are the key focus pillars of World Food India 2023?
1. Shree Anna (Millets): Leveraging India’s Super Food for the World: Millets are ancient grains that have been part of India’s rich heritage for millennia.They are super foods that provide high nutrition, gluten-free options, climate resilience, and eco-friendliness.
– The United Nations has declared 2023 as the International Year of Millets (IYM 2023) with the aim of increasing the production and consumption of millets worldwide.
2. Exponential Food Processing: Positioning India as the Global Hub: India has a vision to become a global hub for food processing and create a competitive advantage for itself in the world food market. Financing Agri Food Value Chains, especially supporting MSMEs, is a key focus area.
3.Strategic Segments: Unlocking Potentials for Growth: India is one of the world’s largest producers and consumers of food products.
– India leads the world in the production of milk, bananas, mangoes, papayas, guavas, ginger, okra and buffalo meat. It ranks second in the production of rice, wheat, potatoes, garlic, cashew nuts.
4.Creating an Inclusive and Efficient Ecosystem: Removing barriers and establishing a coordinated framework for inclusive opportunities. In line with this, government has allowed 100% FDI under the automatic route in food processing industries in India
5.Sustainable Development for Prosperity: Embracing sustainable practices, renewable energy and eco-friendly agricultural and food processing methods for a more sustainable future.
UPSC Syllabus: Indian Economy (Food Processing Industry)
Annual Survey of India’s City-Systems 2023
Source: The post is based on the article “Annual Survey of India’s City-Systems 2023” published in “The Hindu” on 3rd November 2023
Why in the News?
The sixth edition of the Annual Survey of India’s City-Systems (ASICS) 2023 report has been released.
What is the Annual Survey of India’s City-Systems (ASICS) 2023 report?
Released by: Janaagraha Centre for Citizenship and Democracy, a non-profit institution
Aim: To highlight the challenges and constraints faced by the Local Governments in Indian Cities.
Key Highlights from the report:
Specifications Details Active Master Plan 39% of India’s capital cities lack an active master plan. Sectoral Plans Only nine cities have prepared sectoral plans for key aspects such as sanitation, comprehensive mobility, and sustainability. Urban Legislations Eastern states, comprising Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Odisha and West Bengal have relatively better urban legislations followed by southern states. Limited control over finances (1) Majority of local governments are financially dependent on their State governments.
(2) Only Assam empowers its city governments to collect all key taxes.
(3) Except five States — Bihar, Jharkhand, Odisha, Meghalaya, and Rajasthan — all the others have to get approval from the State before borrowing money.Power Asymmetry across city categories Mayors in megacities are not directly elected and do not have a five-year tenure, whereas mayors in smaller cities are directly elected but have limited authority over city finances Limited Authority in Staff appointments Mayors and city councils have limited authority in appointing and promoting staff, including senior management teams, leading to challenges in accountability and efficient administration. Transparency issues Only 11 of the 35 States/Union Territories have enacted the Public Disclosure Law that mandates publishing of key civic data Staff Shortage (1) 35% of posts in India’s municipal corporations are vacant.
(2) The vacancy progressively worsens with 41% posts being vacant among municipalities and 58% being vacant in town panchayatsUPSC Syllabus: Polity and Governance
India won’t meet UN targets to reduce premature mortality from major non-communicable diseases: ICMR-NCDIR
Source: The post is based on the article”India won’t meet UN targets to reduce premature mortality from major non-communicable diseases: ICMR-NCDIR“published in “DownToEarth” on 25 october 2023.
Contents
Why in the news?
According to an analysis by the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), India will likely miss reaching targets set by the World Health Organization (WHO) and the United Nations-mandated Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) to reduce premature deaths from four major Non-Communicable Diseases (NCD)
What are the details of the ICMR study ?
Key areas Details Target setting organisations World Health Organization (WHO) and the United Nations What are four major diseases (1)Cancer
(2)Cardiovascular disease (CVD)
(3)Chronic respiratory diseases (CRD)
(4)DiabetesTargets (1) “25 by 25 target” of WHO- 25 per cent reduction in premature mortality for the four NCDs by 2025 as compared to 2010 (WHO adopted this target as part of global NCD monitoring framework in 2013)
(2) SDG Target by UN– To reduce premature deaths from the four major NCDs by one-third (33 percent) from 2015 to 2030.Source of ICMR data (1) Census data
(2) Sample Registration System (SRS) for cause of death by 5-year-age groups.What are the results of the ICMR study ?
(1) Decrease in premature mortality rate- The premature mortality rate of the four major non-communicable diseases is projected to decrease by 13.9 per cent from 2010 to 2025 in India.
(2) Decrease in premature deaths as compared to the SDG target- The premature deaths due to these four NCDs in India is projected at 15.6% from 2015 to 2030. However, the SDG target is to reduce 33% from 2015 to 2030.
(3) Higher UPoD among males- UPoD was higher among males, particularly around the age of 44, owing to risk factors such as tobacco use and alcohol consumption. (The WHO has defined the unconditional probability of dying (UPoD) from the four NCDs between the ages of 30 and 69 as the progress indicator for monitoring the reduction in premature mortality)
(4) Possible timeline of achieving the WHO and UN target- The target of 25 per cent (WHO) and 33 per cent (SDG) could possibly be reached by 2039 and 2053 in India.
(5) Regions of majority of deaths- Majority of these premature deaths occur in low- and middle-income countries, resulting in productivity loss and economic impact.
What are the government initiatives to tackle this issue?
(1) National Program for Noncommunicable Diseases
(2) The National Tobacco Control Program
(3) The Eat Right India movement
(4) The National Health Policy of 2017,
(5) The National multi-sectoral action plan for prevention and control of Common NCDs 2017-2022.Upsc syllabus – Science and Technology (Health)
53 accidents, 19 deaths per hour in road crashes in 2022: Road Transport Ministry
Source: The post is based on the article “53 accidents, 19 deaths per hour in road crashes in 2022: Road Transport Ministry” published in “The Hindu” on 2nd November 2023
Why in the News?
The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways(MoRTH) has released a report titled ‘Road accidents in India -2022’.
What are the key findings of the report?
Aspect 2022 Statistics Total Road Accidents 4.6 lakhs Total deaths due to Road accidents 1.68 lakhs Increase in accidents and deaths from previous year 11.9% in accidents and 9.4% in fatalities Road accidents and deaths every hour or daily India witnessed 53 accidents and 19 deaths every hour or an average of 1,264 accidents and 42 deaths daily due to road crashes. Location of accidents National Highways(32.9%), State Highways (23.1%) and Other Roads (43.9%) Age group of accident victims Young adults in the age group of 18 – 45 years accounted for 66.5% of victims Childrens died in accidents Over 9000 children were killed due to road crashes.This means that around 26 children died every day during 2022. Rural vs. Urban Accident Deaths Rural: 68%, Urban: 32% Vehicle categories involved in road accidents Two-wheelers accounted for the highest share in total accidents and fatalities States with Most Accidents on National Highways Tamil Nadu followed by Madhya Pradesh States with Highest Fatalities Uttar Pradesh followed by Tamil Nadu What do other reports say on Road Accidents in India?
According to the Save Life Foundation’s analysis, India ranks among the top 20 worst countries for road crashes.
According to the World Road Statistics 2022 from the International Road Federation, India was followed by China and the United States in terms of the total number of road fatalities.
UPSC Syllabus: Reports
Bletchley Declaration
Source: This post is based on the article “Bletchley Declaration” published in “Business standard” on Thursday November 2 2023.
Why in news ?
Twenty-nine countries such as the US, the UK, China, Australia, Brazil and India, along with the European union have agreed to work together to prevent “catastrophic harm, either deliberate or unintentional” which may arise from artificially intelligent computer models and engines.
What is Bletchley Declaration?
Central objective- The central objective of the Bletchley Declaration is to address risks and responsibilities associated with frontier AI in a comprehensive and collaborative manner. The document emphasizes the necessity of aligning AI systems with human intent and urges a deeper exploration of AI’s full capabilities.
Member countries
Australia, Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Kenya, Saudi, Arabia, Netherlands, Nigeria, The Philippines, the Republic of Korea, Rwanda, Singapore, Spain, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland, the United States of America, and the European Union.Significance
It was marked by an agreement which resolved to establish “a shared understanding of the opportunities and risks posed by frontier AI”. It includes:
1) Identifying misuse: Acknowledgment of the substantial risks from potential intentional misuse or unintended issues of control of frontier AI — especially cybersecurity, biotechnology, and disinformation risks.
2) Identifying risks: The declaration noted the potential for serious harm, deliberate or unintentional, stemming from the most significant capabilities of these AI models, as well as risks beyond frontier AI, including those of bias and privacy.
3) Focusing on international cooperation: These risks are “best addressed through international cooperation”. As part of the agreement on international collaboration on frontier AI safety, future summits will be held annually.
4) It highlights the importance of safeguarding human rights, transparency, explainability, fairness, accountability, regulation, safety, human oversight, ethics, bias mitigation, privacy, and data protection.
Challenges
• It reflects the complex negotiations between nations with conflicting interests and legal systems, including the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and China.Upsc syllabus : GS 2-International relations
In FSSAI index, nearly all major states slip on food safety compared to 2019
Source: This post is based on the article “In FSSAI index, nearly all major states slip on food safety compared to 2019” published in “ Indian Express” on 1st November 2023.
Why in the News?
Recently Food safety and standards authority of India (FSSAI) published its fifth consecutive State Food Safety Index. This index is used to measure the performance of states across various parameters of food safety.
What is state food safety index? What is new parameter?
It is an index developed by FSSAI. It helps to measure to performance of states on five significant parameters of food safety. These include compliance, Human resources and institutional data, Food testing- infrastructure and surveillance, training & capacity building and consumer empowerment.
A new parameter is included in 2023 index “Improvement in SFSI rank”. The index is a dynamic quantitative and qualitative benchmarking model that provides an objective framework for evaluating food safety across all states/ UTs.
What is the parameter wise performance of large states ?
Parameter Top performers Worst performers Consumer empowerment Tamil Nadu ,Kerala, Madhya Pradesh Bihar, Jharkhand, Himachal Pradesh Human resource and institutional data West Bengal, Rajasthan, Tamil Nadu Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand Food testing infrastructure Gujarat, Kerala, west Bengal Andhra Pradesh, Maharashtra ,Bihar Training and capacity building Tamil Nadu, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh Assam, Haryana ,Rajasthan Compliance Punjab, Himachal Pradesh, Uttar Pradesh Jharkhand, Assam, Telangana Key findings of the State food safety index
(1) After adjusting for a new parameter included in the 2023 index, 15 out of 20 states recorded lower 2023 scores compared to 2019.
(2) 19 out of 20 large states — including Maharashtra, Bihar, Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh — recorded a drop in their 2023 scores from 2019.
(3) The worst drop has been recorded in the ‘Food Testing Infrastructure’ parameter, where the average score for all large states dropped to 7 points out of 17 in 2023 from 13 points out of 20 in 2019.
(4) The only parameter which recorded significant improvement was ‘Training and Capacity Building’, which was given the least weightage of 8 per cent in 2023 (10 per cent in previous years).UPSC syllabus-Science and Technology (Health)
Union Finance Minister inaugurates the first Global Conference on Cooperation in Enforcement Matters (GCCEM) in New Delhi
Source: The post is based on the article “Union Finance Minister inaugurates the first Global Conference on Cooperation in Enforcement Matters (GCCEM) in New Delhi” published in “PIB” on 31st October 2023
Why in the News?
The Union Minister for Finance has inaugurated the Global Conference on Cooperation in Enforcement Matters (GCCEM) in New Delhi.
What is the Global Conference on Cooperation in Enforcement Matters (GCCEM)?
Specification Details Hosted by Directorate of Revenue Intelligence (DRI) under Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC) in consultation with World Customs Organisation (WCO). Aim To facilitate sharing of insights, best practices and to serve as a catalyst for enhancing collaboration with Indian Customs’ partner Administrations. Theme ‘It takes a Network to fight a Network’ What is the World Customs Organisation (WCO)?
Specification Details Type An intergovernmental organization. Established in 1952 Aim To enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of Customs administrations. Members 185 Customs administrations that collectively process approximately 98% of world trade Headquarters Brussels, Belgium Significance It is the only international organization with competence in Customs matters Initiatives 1.SAFE Framework of Standards.
2.Harmonized System (HS) of tariff nomenclature.UPSC Syllabus: Economy
International Migration Outlook 2023: Nearly half a million Indians migrated to OECD countries in 2021
Source: The post is based on the article “International Migration Outlook 2023: Nearly half a million Indians migrated to OECD countries in 2021” published in “Down To Earth” on 30th October 2023
Why in the News?
The International Migration Outlook 2023 has been released.
What is the International Migration Outlook 2023?
Released by: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)
Aim: To analyze the migration trends worldwide.
Key Highlights from the report:
Specification Details India Leads in Migration to OECD Countries India has emerged as the leading source of migration to OECD nations in 2021 and 2022, surpassing China and other countries. Climate induced displacement Climate-induced displacement is a growing concern, but very few OECD nations have clear policies to address this issue. Trends in International Migration The top four destination countries are:The United States, Germany, the United Kingdom and Spain.They registered year-on-year increases between 21% and 35%. Type of Migration (1)In 2022, family migration remained the primary category of entry for new permanent-type migrants.It represented 40% of all permanent-type migration.
(2)The share of labour migration has increased over time.In 2022, labour migration represented 21% of permanent-type migration, it accounted for only 16% in 2019.UPSC Syllabus: International Relations
World Energy Outlook 2023: Substantial cut likely in India’s CO2 emissions by 2050
Source: The post is based on the article “World Energy Outlook 2023: Substantial cut likely in India’s CO2 emissions by 2050” published in “TOI” on 27th October 2023
Why in the News?
The International Energy Agency(IEA) has released the World Energy Outlook 2023.
What is the World Energy Outlook 2023?
Released by: International Energy Agency(IEA)
Aim: To provide in-depth analysis and strategic insights into every aspect of the global energy system.
Key Highlights from the report:
Globally:
1.Fossil fuel share in the global energy supply is projected to reduce from around 80% to 73% by 2030.
2.Investment in clean energy has risen by 40% since 2020.
3.In 2020, one in 25 cars sold was electric.in 2023, this is now one in 5.
India:
India is expected to have the highest growth in energy demand over the next three decades.
But India’s industrial sector will emit 30% less CO2 by 2030 and passenger cars will emit 25% less CO2 per kilometer driven.
This is due to the government policies in addressing climate commitments through increased efficiency and new technologies.
UPSC Syllabus Topic: Renewable Energy
Global Tax Evasion Report 2024
Source: The post is based on the article “Global Tax Evasion Report 2024” published in “EU” on 27th October 2023
Why in the News?
The European Union Tax Observatory has released ‘Global Tax Evasion Report 2024’.
What is the Global Tax Evasion Report 2024?
Released by: European Union Tax Observatory
Aim: To discuss tax evasion, the Global Minimum Tax (GMT) and measures to combat tax evasion.
Note: Tax evasion is the illegal act of not paying owed taxes to the government by under-reporting income, hiding money offshore or inflating deductions to reduce tax liability.
Key highlights of the report:
1.Tax Rates for Global Billionaires Global billionaires often have effective tax rates as low as 0% to 0.5% due to the use of shell companies to avoid income taxation. 2.Profit Shifting by Multinational Corporations (MNCs) In 2022, MNCs shifted around USD 1 trillion to tax havens, equivalent to 35% of their profits earned outside their home countries.
– “Greenwashing the Global Minimum Tax” allows MNCs to use ‘green’ tax credits to lower their tax rates below the 15% minimum.3.Challenges in Curbing Offshore Tax Evasion Over the past decade, offshore tax evasion has reduced, with only 25% of previously untaxed wealth remaining.
– However, challenges persist such as non-compliance by offshore financial institutions and limitations in sharing bank information automatically.Key recommendations of the report:
1.Global Minimum Tax for Billionaires: Proposes a global minimum tax of 2% on billionaires’ wealth to increase government revenue and reduce wealth inequality.
2.Reform Corporate Taxation: Reform international agreements on minimum corporate taxation by implementing a 25% tax rate and eliminating tax competition loopholes.
3.Unilateral Measures for Tax Collection: Implement unilateral measures to collect taxes from multinational companies and billionaires if global agreements fail.
4.Global Asset Registry: Work towards establishing a Global Asset Registry to enhance the fight against tax evasion.
5.Strengthen Economic Substance and Anti-Abuse Rules: Strengthen the application of economic substance and anti-abuse rules to deter tax avoidance and evasion.
UPSC Syllabus Topic: Taxation- Indian Economy
ISA to release report on global adoption of solar technology in November
Source: The post is based on the article “ISA to release report on global adoption of solar technology in November” published in “The Hindu” on 26th October 2023
Contents
Why in the News?
The International Solar Alliance (ISA) will for the first time compile and release a ‘Global solar stocktake report’.
What is the Global solar Stocktake Report?
To be released by: International Solar Alliance(ISA)
Inspired by:‘Global Stocktake’ of the United Nations Conference of Parties
Aim: To take stock of the progress made by countries in the solar energy sector.
Focus of the report: In 2020, there was about $300 billion invested in solar, and in 2022, it was around $380 billion. But most of the manufacturing is in China.The stocktake will explore ways to diversify this manufacturing.
What is a Global Solar Facility?
To be Launched by: International Solar Alliance(ISA)
Aim: To help reduce the remaining constraints related to contracts and financing for solar energy projects.
Focus area: To expand solar installations in Africa and then expand it to West Asia, Latin America, and the Caribbean.
Funds: It will have three funds: 1) payment guarantee fund 2) Insurance fund to mitigate project risks and 3) Investment fund for technical assistance.
How much gigawatts of solar photovoltaic panels have been installed globally?
As of 2022, global solar photovoltaic installations have reached 1,133 gigawatts (GW) with 191 GW added in 2022.
China accounts for about a quarter of this total solar photovoltaic installations followed by the United States.
India is also among the top five countries globally with 62 GW of installations.
UPSC Syllabus Topic: International Organizations
Losses from extreme events over 31 years were $3.8 trillion
Source: The post is based on the article “Losses from extreme events over 31 years were $3.8 trillion” published in “The Hindu” on 25th October 2023
What is the News?
The Food and Agriculture Organization(FAO) has released a report titled ‘The Impact of Disaster on Agriculture and Food Security’.
What are the key findings of the report?
Warmest Decade: In 2023, we saw the end of the warmest decade on record with a lot of extreme weather and disasters.These disasters were made worse by conflicts and the COVID-19 pandemic.
Rising Disaster Frequency: Over the past 50 years, the number of extreme disaster events has increased significantly.
– In the 1970s, there were about 100 disasters per year, but in the last 20 years, it’s gone up to about 400 annually globally.
Impact on Agriculture: Agricultural activities and livelihoods depend on environmental conditions, natural resources, and ecosystems.
– But the agriculture sector is facing threats from hazards such as flooding, water scarcity, drought, and environmental degradation.
– For instance, in Pakistan, exceptional monsoon rainfalls in 2022 led to nearly $4 billion in damages to the agricultural sector.
Agriculture losses due to disasters: Over the last 31 years, extreme events have caused around $3.8 trillion in losses to agriculture.
– Droughts are the biggest threat to agriculture, causing over 65% of losses.
– Floods, storms, cyclones, and volcanic activities each account for around 20% of losses.
Region wise differences: Asia has the highest economic losses from disasters (45%). Oceania experienced the lowest losses from disasters.
PM unveils long-term blueprint for India’s maritime economy
Source: The post is based on the article “PM unveils long-term blueprint for India’s maritime economy” published in “The Hindu” on 18th October 2023
What is the News?
The Prime Minister has inaugurated the Global Maritime India Summit 2023 in Mumbai.
What is the Global Maritime India Summit?
Organized by: Ministry of Ports, Shipping and Waterways.
Aim: To boost the Indian maritime economy by promoting global and regional partnerships and facilitating investments.
The first Maritime India summit was held in 2016 in Mumbai while the Second Maritime Summit was held virtually in 2021.
What are the key highlights from the Global Maritime India Summit 2023?
Amrit Kaal Vision 2047: It is a 25-year blueprint for the Indian maritime blue economy.
– The plan outlines strategic initiatives aimed at enhancing port facilities, promoting sustainable practices and facilitating international collaboration.
Tuna Tekra all-weather deep draft terminal: It is going to be built at Deendayal Port in Gujarat.
– The port will be developed through a public-private partnership(PPP) mode.
– The port will handle modern vessels with a capacity exceeding 18,000 twenty-foot equivalent units (TEUs).
– It will also serve as a key entry point for Indian trade along the India-Middle East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEEC).
1st P20 Summit hosted by India has been the most successful P20 Summit ever: Lok Sabha Speaker
Source: The post is based on the article “1st P20 Summit hosted by India has been the most successful P20 Summit ever: Lok Sabha Speaker” published in “PIB” on 16th October 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The Prime Minister inaugurated the 9th G20 Parliamentary Speakers’ Summit(P20) in New Delhi.
What is the P20 Summit?
Parliament 20(P20) Engagement Group was started during Canada’s G20 Presidency in 2010.
The group is led by Speakers from Parliaments of G20 countries.
Aim: To bring a parliamentary dimension to global governance, raise awareness, build political support for international commitments and ensure that these are effectively translated into national realities.
Who hosted the 9th P20 Summit?
Hosted by: Parliament of India in cooperation with Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU)
Theme: ‘Parliaments for One Earth, One Family, One Future’.
The summit hosted discussions on four subjects: 1) Accelerating SDGs 2) Sustainable Energy Transition 3) Women led Development and 4) Transformation in Peoples’ Lives through Public Digital Platforms.
What is the Inter-Parliamentary Union(IPU)?
World Health Summit 2023
Source: The post is based on the article “World Health Summit 2023” published in “PIB” on 16th October 2023
What is the News?
India’s Union Minister for Health and Family Welfare attended the World Health Summit 2023.
What is the World Health Summit?
World Health Summit is the unique international strategic forum for global health
Founded in: 2009 on the occasion of the 300th anniversary of Berlin’s Charité Hospital.
Held under: It is held under the patronage of the German Chancellor, President of the Republic of France, President of the European Commission and Director-General of the World Health Organization(WHO).
Held at: annually held in Berlin, Germany
Aim: To set the agenda for a healthier future by inspiring innovative solutions for better health and wellbeing for all.
Theme for 2023: “A Defining Year for Global Health Action.”
What are the key highlights from the Health Minister’s address at the World Health Summit 2023?
Union Minister highlighted the steps taken by India to reduce the prevalence and impact of Non-communicable diseases (NCDs).Some of these steps are:
National Programme for Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases (NP-NCD): It was launched under the National Health Mission (NHM) in 2010. It aims to strengthen infrastructure, human resource development, health promotion, early diagnosis, management and referral.
75/25 initiative: It is aimed at screening and providing standard of care for 75 million individuals with hypertension and diabetes by 2025.
Budget 2023-24: The Outcome Budget document of the Union Budget for 2023-2024 has included hypertension and diabetes treatment as output indicators for the first time.
Population-Based Screening(PBS): It is organized under the umbrella of Comprehensive Primary Health Care (CPHC) across Ayushman Bharat- Health and Wellness Centres (AB-HWC).
– The individuals in the age groups of 30 years and above are targeted for risk assessment and screening of common NCDs (hypertension, diabetes, oral cancer, breast cancer and cervical cancer).
National NCD portal: It is being used for prevention, control, screening and management of common NCDs.
– Primary-level information is captured through this portal at public health facilities for reporting and monitoring individual-wise screening and compliance of treatment for NCDs.
Periodic Labour Force Survey(PLFS) Annual Report 2022-2023 Released
Source: The post is based on the article “Periodic Labour Force Survey(PLFS) Annual Report 2022-2023 Released” published in “PIB” on 10th October 2023
What is the News?
The National Sample Survey Office(NSSO) has released the Periodic Labour Force Survey (PLFS) Annual Report 2022-23.
What is the Periodic Labour Force Survey(PLFS)?
Launched in: 2017 by National Sample Survey Office(NSSO)
Objectives: To estimate the key employment and unemployment indicators (viz. Worker Population Ratio(WPR), Labour Force Participation Rate(LFPR), Unemployment Rate(UER)) in the short time interval of three months for the urban areas only in the ‘Current Weekly Status’ (CWS).
– To estimate employment and unemployment indicators in both ‘Usual Status’ (ps+ss) and CWS in both rural and urban areas annually.
Click Here to read more about PLFS
What are the key findings of PLFS Annual Report 2022-23?
Labour Force Participation Rate(LFPR): It increased significantly over the last six years, from 36.9 per cent in 2017-18 to 57.9 percent in 2022-23.
– In rural areas, LFPR increased from 50.7% in 2017-18 to 60.8% in 2022-23 while for urban areas it increased from 47.6% to 50.4%.
– LFPR for male in India increased from 75.8% in 2017-18 to 78.5% in 2022-23 and corresponding increase in LFPR for females was from 23.3% to 37.0%.
Worker Population Ratio (WPR): In rural areas, WPR increased from 48.1% in 2017-18 to 59.4% in 2022-23 while for urban areas it increased from 43.9% to 47.7%.
– WPR for male in India increased from 71.2% in 2017-18 to 76.0% in 2022-23 and the corresponding increase in WPR for females was from 22.0% to 35.9%.
Unemployment Rate (UR): India’s unemployment rate dropped to a six-year low in the financial year July-June 2022-23 to 3.2 per cent.
– In rural areas, UR decreased from 5.3% in 2017-18 to 2.4% in 2022-23 while for urban areas it decreased from 7.7% to 5.4%.
– UR for male in India decreased from 6.1% in 2017-18 to 3.3% in 2022-23 and corresponding decrease in UR for females was from 5.6% to 2.9%.
India expanding censorship regime, creating uneven playing field: study
Source: The post is based on the article “India expanding censorship regime, creating uneven playing field: study” published in “The Hindu” on 6th October 2023
Contents
What is the News?
Freedom House, a Washington-based non-profit organization has released a report titled “Freedom on the Net 2023: The Repressive Power of Artificial Intelligence”.
What is the Freedom on the Net report?
Freedom on the Net is an annual study of human rights in the digital sphere.
The report assesses internet freedom in 70 countries, accounting for almost 89 percent of the world’s internet users.
This report covered developments between June 2022 and May 2023.
What are the key findings of the Freedom on the Net report?
Source: The Hindu
Global Internet Freedom Decline: Internet freedom has declined globally for the 13th consecutive year.Out of 70 countries assessed, 29 have witnessed a deterioration in online human rights, while only 20 have shown improvements.
Worst country for Internet Freedom: China was ranked as the world’s worst environment for Internet freedom for the ninth consecutive year.Myanmar emerged as the world’s second most repressive country for online freedom.
– Iran also experienced a significant increase in digital repression, including Internet shutdowns and social media blockages during anti-government protests.
Legal Consequences for Online Expression: A record 55 countries saw individuals facing legal repercussions for online expression.
– The number of countries imposing arrests and long prison terms for online activities has risen from 18 in 2014 to 31 in 2023.
Elections as Triggers: Elections often serve as triggers for digital repression.Incumbent leaders frequently criminalize speech, block independent news sites, and control information to influence election outcomes.
India’s Censorship measures: India has incorporated censorship including the use of automated systems, into the country’s legal framework.
– The Information Technology (Intermediary Guidelines and Digital Media Ethics Code) Rules require large social media platforms to use AI-based moderation tools for broadly defined types of content — such as speech that could undermine public order, decency, morality, or the country’s sovereignty, integrity, and security, or content that officials had previously ordered removed.
Censorship methods adopted by India: The report evaluates countries on five censorship methods — Internet connectivity restrictions, blocks on social media platforms, blocks on websites, blocks on VPNs, and forced removal of content.
– India engaged in all forms of censorship methods except one (VPN blocking).
Digital Freedom score: India received a score of 50 on a scale of 1 to 100 for Digital freedom where ‘100’ represented highest digital freedom.Iceland had the highest Internet freedom with a score of 94.
India retains 40th rank in the Global Innovation Index 2023
Source: The post is based on the article “India retains 40th rank in the Global Innovation Index 2023” published in “PIB” on 28th September 2023.
What is the News?
Global Innovation Index 2023 has been published by the World Intellectual Property Organization.
What is the Global Innovation Index?
What are the key findings of Innovation Index 2023?
Source: Economic Times
Top Five countries: Switzerland, Sweden, the United States, the United Kingdom and Singapore are the world’s most innovative economies in 2023.
India: India has maintained its 40th rank in the Global Innovation Index (GII) 2023. In 2015, India stood at the 81st spot and has been rising in the past eight years.
– India ranked first among the 37 lower-middle group of income and first among the 10 economies in Central and South America.
– India holds top rankings in key indicators such as: ICT services exports (5th rank), flow of venture capital (6), graduates in science and engineering (11) and global corporate R&D investors (13).
– The areas where India needs to improve a lot are infrastructure (84th rank), business sophistication (57) and institutions (56).
Greater one-horned rhinos thriving in India Nepal despite poaching threat Report
Source: The post is based on the article “Greater one-horned rhinos thriving in India Nepal despite poaching threat Report” published in “The Week” on 26th September 2023.
What is the News?
The State of the Rhino Report, 2023 has been released by US-based International Rhino Foundation(IRF).
The report comes ahead of World Rhino Day, an annual global celebration of the five rhino species and their conservation on September 22.
What are the key findings of State of the Rhino Report, 2023?
Source: International Rhino Foundation(IRF)
Threats: Habitat loss, poaching and climate change continue to threaten the existence of all five rhino species.
– Rhino populations that were once considered less threatened have seemingly become the primary target of poaching efforts which are orchestrated by highly organized, transnational criminal syndicates.
Impact of Climate Change: In Africa, climate change-induced drought is causing myriad detrimental impacts.
– In Asia dramatically increased precipitation and longer monsoon periods could cause more direct deaths of rhinos and humans alike.
– Changing weather conditions and landscapes can also trigger an increase in invasive plant species, crowding out or overtaking native rhino food plants and causing general habitat degradation.
Greater One Horned Rhino: Greater one-horned rhinos (Rhinoceros unicornis) reside primarily in India and Nepal, though there is a population that occasionally crosses into Bhutan.
– Bhutan, India and Nepal work together to implement a trans-boundary management strategy for the greater one-horned rhino.
– Thanks to this collaboration and strict government protection and management, the greater one-horned rhino population has steadily increased over the last century, and has grown about 20% over the last decade.
Deaths of Greater One Horned Rhino: After reporting no poaching deaths in 2022, India has recorded two deaths of Greater One-Horned Rhino (Rhinoceros unicornis) until September 2023.
– The deaths were reported from Manas National Park and Kaziranga National Park.
Aadhaar unreliable in ‘hot, humid’ India: Moody’s
Source: The post is based on the article “Aadhaar unreliable in ‘hot, humid’ India: Moody’s” published in The Hindu on 25th September 2023
What is the News?
Global rating major Moody’s Investors Service has released a report titled “Decentralized Finance and Digital Assets”.
What are the key findings of the report?
Source: The Hindu
Moody has acknowledged Aadhaar as the world’s largest digital ID program that assigns unique numbers to over 1.2 billion Indian residents using biometric and demographic data.
However, Moody has raised some concerns over Aadhar such as:
Biometric issues: Aadhar often results in service denials and the reliability of biometric technologies especially for manual laborers in hot, humid climates, is questionable.
– These remarks assume significance in view of the government’s adoption of Aadhaar for routing direct benefit transfers to beneficiaries of official welfare schemes and in particular, the use of Aadhaar-based payments for labourers under the Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act (MGNREGA) scheme.
Centralized Identification system: Aadhaar is a centralized identification system.This leads to the concentration of sensitive information with specific entities and increases the risks of data breaches.Hence, that’s why Moody has favoured adoption of decentralized ID (DID) systems.
– In decentralized ID (DID) systems, personal data is saved in a user’s digital wallet and identity verification takes place not via a single, centralized institution but on a decentralized digital ledger such as a blockchain.This increases privacy and reduces the amount of personal information held by intermediaries.
– For instance, Estonia, known for its fully digitalized public services has embraced SSI [Self-Sovereign Identity] to grant citizens complete control over their digital identities.
– However, digital IDs, centralized or not can have negative social repercussions, since they may strengthen group identities and political divides, particularly if offered by technology and social media companies with significant monopolistic influence.
National Education Policy 2020 | Multiple entry, exit option in higher studies may not suit India: House panel
Source: The post is based on the article “National Education Policy 2020 | Multiple entry, exit option in higher studies may not suit India: House panel” published in The Hindu on 25th September 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The Parliamentary Standing Committee on Education has released a report titled ‘Implementation of the National Education Policy, 2020 in Higher Education’.
The committee has advised the Union government to hold discussions with stakeholders before implementing the option of multiple entry and multiple exit (MEME) under the national education policy(NEP).
What is Multiple entry and multiple exit (MEME)?
Source: The Hindu
National education policy(NEP) proposes Multiple entry and multiple exit (MEME).
The system allows students to drop their course and resume it at a later stage as and when they desire or deem it worth pursuing.
This arrangement will prove to be helpful for those students who cannot continue their studies due to financial, social or any other reason and desire to resume their studies when the conditions become favourable in due course of time.
What are the challenges in implementing MEME according to the Parliamentary Standing Committee?
Predicting Student Flow: MEME looks like a flexible system which is being operated by western educational institutions effectively.But it might not work well in the country.
– This is because in India, with its high population, it is challenging for institutions to predict how many students may exit or join midway.This uncertainty could disrupt the pupil-teacher ratio.
Uneven Distribution of Institutions: The uneven geographical distribution of higher educational institutions, especially in rural areas could create obstacles in implementing MEME effectively.
What are the recommendations given by the committee to implement MEME effectively?
Develop comprehensive guidelines and a well-defined framework for MEME options, including specific eligibility criteria, credit transfer mechanisms providing a clear road map for students pursuing different exit points.
Conduct wider consultations with universities, institutions, regulatory bodies, and stakeholders to address the challenges and difficulties associated with MEME implementation.
How is the Kerala Government implementing MEME?
The Kerala government has decided not to implement MEME in colleges and universities in the State.
The curriculum document of the State had said that the government would allow multiple entry, but exit will be allowed either after three years with a degree or after four years with honours degree.
Panel calls for revising rules of construction around protected ASI monuments
Source: The post is based on the article “Panel calls for revising rules of construction around protected ASI monuments” published in The Hindu on 23rd September 2023
What is the News?
The Department Related Parliamentary Standing Committee on Transport Tourism and Culture has called for revising rules of construction around protected Archaeological Survey of India(ASI) monuments.
What are the rules of construction around protected ASI monuments?
The prohibited and restricted area provision was introduced in 2010 through an amendment to the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains (AMASR) Act, 1958.
It prohibits and regulates all activities like mining and construction around 100 metres and 300 metres.
What are the observations made by the Parliamentary Standing Committee on Transport Tourism and Culture on this?
The committee has observed that the provision of 100-metre prohibited area and 300-metre regulated area around all monuments protected by the ASI has pitted the local community against these heritage structures in many places as they find it difficult to carry out necessary repair work of their residential spaces.
The committee has asked the government to revise the rules to make them realistic.It has also recommended rationalizing the application of such rules based on the historical significance of the monuments.
The committee has also recommended that the list of all 3,691 ASI-protected monuments be rationalized and categorized based on their national significance, unique architectural value and specific heritage content.
India wins bid to host 17th International Congress on the Chemistry of Cement
Source: The post is based on the article “India wins bid to host 17th International Congress on the Chemistry of Cement” published in PIB on 21st September 2023
What is the News?
India has won the bid to host the prestigious International Congress on the Chemistry of Cement (ICCC) at New Delhi in 2027.
What is the International Congress on the Chemistry of Cement(ICCC)?
International Congress on the Chemistry of Cement(ICCC) is the largest and most prestigious event of its kind which reviews the progress of research in the area of Cement and Concrete.
The congresses have been held generally at intervals of four to six years since 1918.
The 9th Congress was organized at New Delhi in 1992 by National Council for Cement and Building Materials (NCCBM) and the present 16th ICCC is being held at Bangkok, Thailand.
What is the National Council for Cement and Building Materials (NCCBM)?
National Council for Cement and Building Materials (NCCBM) is an apex Research and Development organization under the administrative control of Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade (DPIIT), Ministry of Commerce & Industry.
Purpose: It is dedicated to research, technology development & transfer, education & industrial services for cement, allied building materials & construction industries.
Significance: NCCBM has a proven track record of executing biennial NCB International Seminars/Conferences of similar magnitude, ensuring a seamless and memorable event.
India’s Cement Industry:
India is the fifth largest economy and is likely to become third largest by the next five years.
India’s cement industry is second largest in the world with installed cement capacity of 600 million tonnes.
The cement industry in India plays a key role in the circular economy framework in the country by utilizing various industrial wastes and is having one of the lowest CO2 footprints and most energy efficient in the world.
Union Health Minister addresses annual meeting of the Friends of the UN Inter-Agency Task Force on the Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases (NCDs) and Mental Health
Source: The post is based on the article “Union Health Minister addresses annual meeting of the Friends of the UN Inter-Agency Task Force on the Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases (NCDs) and Mental Health” published in PIB on 19th September 2023
What is the News?
The Union Health Minister addressed the annual meeting of the Friends of the UN Inter-Agency Task Force on the Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases and Mental Health on the occasion of the 78th session of the UN General Assembly.
What is the United Nations Inter-Agency Task Force on NCDs (UNIATF)?
UNIATF was established by the UN Secretary-General in 2013 and placed under WHO’s leadership.
Its role is to bring the United Nations system and other intergovernmental organizations together to support governments to meet the NCD-related SDG targets which includes mental health.
The Task Force supports governments to meet high-level commitments made at the United Nations General Assembly and the World Health Assembly, including the WHO Global NCD Action Plan 2013–2030.
The task force reports each year to the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations.
What are the key highlights from the Union Health Minister address to UNIATF?
Non-communicable diseases (NCDs) are a significant global health problem, responsible for about 74% of all deaths worldwide, and in India, they account for 63% of all deaths.This places immense pressure on healthcare systems and has a substantial socioeconomic impact.
India’s approach towards tackling NCDs includes implementing the National Programme for Prevention and Control of Non-Communicable Diseases (NP-NCD).The strategy aims to provide standard care to 75 million people with hypertension and diabetes by 2025.
For every individual, a single Ayushman Bharat Health Account Number (ABHA-ID) is being maintained and tracking of every single individual with NCDs is done through National NCD Portal.
Ayushman Bharat has introduced Health and Wellness Centres (AB-HWCs) that offer population-level interventions for the prevention, screening, control, and management of five common NCDs i.e., hypertension, diabetes, oral cancer, breast cancer and cervical cancer.
Pradhan Mantri Jan Arogya Yojana provides health assurance/ insurance coverage for secondary and tertiary care hospitalization. Rs. 5 lakh coverage per family per year is provided to over 600 million beneficiaries.
Fourth G20 Global Partnership For Financial Inclusion Meeting is scheduled to be held in Mumbai
Source: The post is based on the article “Fourth G20 Global Partnership For Financial Inclusion Meeting is scheduled to be held in Mumbai” published in PIB on 14th September 2023
What is the News?
The Fourth G20 Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion (GPFI) Meeting is being held in Mumbai
What is Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion(GPFI)?
Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion(GPFI) was officially launched in 2010 in Seoul,South Korea.
It is an inclusive platform for all G20 countries, interested non-G20 countries and relevant stakeholders.
Purpose: To carry forward work on financial inclusion, including implementation of the G20 Financial Inclusion Action Plan, endorsed at the G20 Summit in Seoul.
GPFI’s efforts include helping countries put into practice the G20 Principles for Innovative Financial Inclusion, strengthening data for measuring financial inclusion, and developing methodologies for countries wishing to set targets.
The first G20 Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion (GPFI) meeting under India’s G20 Presidency was held in 2023 in Kolkata,West Bengal.
President of India to Inaugurate ‘First Global Symposium on Farmers’ Rights’ at ICAR Convention Centre, NASC Complex, New Delhi
Source: The post is based on the article “President of India to Inaugurate ‘First Global Symposium on Farmers’ Rights’ at ICAR Convention Centre, NASC Complex, New Delhi” published in PIB on 12th September 2023
What is the News?
The President of India will inaugurate the first ‘Global Symposium on Farmers’ Rights’ (GSFR) at the ICAR Convention Centre, National Agricultural Science Centre Complex in New Delhi.
What is the Global Symposium on Farmers’ Rights'(GSFR)?
Organized by: Secretariat of the International Treaty on Plant Genetic Resources for Food and Agriculture (International Treaty) of the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), Rome.
Hosted by: Ministry of Agriculture and Farmers Welfare in collaboration with Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers’ Rights (PPVFR) Authority, Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) among others.
Aim: To contribute to the understanding of the challenges and opportunities of implementing farmers’ rights by the signatory countries and other stakeholders.
Significance: India is hosting its first ‘Global Symposium on Farmers’ Rights’.
– Note: India has been the first country in the world to include Farmers’ Rights in the context of Plant Variety Registration through its Protection of Plant Varieties and Farmers’ Rights (PPVFR) Act, 2001.
G20 document prepared by World Bank lauds India’s progress
Source: The post is based on the article “G20 document prepared by World Bank lauds India’s progress” published in PIB on 9th September 2023
What is the News?
The G20 Global Partnership for Financial Inclusion document prepared by the World Bank has lauded the transformative impact of Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) in India over the past decade under the Central Government.
What is Digital Public Infrastructure(DPI)?
What did the World Bank document say about India’s Digital Public Infrastructure(DPI)?
World Bank document discusses the significant achievements and impact of India’s Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) in various areas:
Financial Inclusion: India’s DPI particularly the JAM (short for Jan Dhan-Aadhaar-Mobile) Trinity, has greatly improved financial inclusion, increasing the adult inclusion rate from 25% to over 80% in just six years.This progress would have taken decades without DPI.
Government to Person (G2P) Payments: India’s digital G2P system, built on DPI, has facilitated the transfer of $361 billion directly to beneficiaries through various government schemes, resulting in significant savings.
UPI (Unified Payments Interface): UPI transactions in May 2023 alone exceeded 9.41 billion.For the fiscal year 2022–23, the total value of UPI transactions was nearly 50 percent of India’s nominal GDP.
DPI Benefits for the Private Sector: DPI has increased efficiency for private organizations by reducing complexity, costs, and processing times.This has had positive effects on sectors such as SME lending, depreciation costs and fraud detection.
Lower KYC Compliance Costs: The India Stack has digitized and simplified KYC procedures, reducing banks’ compliance costs from $0.12 to $0.06 and making it more profitable to serve lower-income clients.
Cross-Border Payments: The UPI-PayNow interlinking between India and Singapore, operationalized in February 2023, promotes faster, cheaper, and more transparent cross-border payments.
Account Aggregator (AA) Framework: India’s AA Framework, regulated by RBI, enables individuals and enterprises to share data securely and with consent. There are 1.13 billion cumulative accounts enabled for data sharing.
Data Empowerment and Protection Architecture (DEPA): DEPA empowers individuals to control their data and share it across providers, fostering innovation and competition without heavy investments in client relationships.
Conference on Transnational Grid Interconnections for One Sun, One World, One Grid held in New Delhi
Source: The post is based on the article “Conference on Transnational Grid Interconnections for One Sun, One World, One Grid held in New Delhi” published in PIB on 6th September 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The conference on “Transnational Grid Interconnections for One Sun, One World, One Grid (OSOWOG)” was held in New Delhi.
The conference was organized by Power Grid Corporation of India Limited (POWERGRID), a ‘Maharatna’ company under the Ministry of Power.
What is One Sun, One World, One Grid (OSOWOG) Initiative?
Origin: The idea for the One Sun One World One Grid (OSOWOG) initiative was put forth by the Prime Minister of India at the First Assembly of the ISA in 2018.
Launched in: It was jointly launched by the Prime Minister of India and Prime Minister of the United Kingdom during the ‘Accelerating Innovation and Clean Technology Deployment’ event at the World Leaders Summit held on 2 November 2021 during COP26.
Vision: The vision behind the OSOWOG initiative is the mantra that “the sun never sets”.
Aim: To aid in developing a worldwide grid through which clean energy can be transmitted anywhere, anytime (use power at night in one part of the world from solar energy generated on the other side of the world where it is day time).
How will the OSOWOG Initiative be implemented?
OSOWOG is divided into three main phases:
In the first phase, the Indian grid would be connected to the grids of Middle East, South Asia and South-East Asia to develop a common grid. This grid would then be used to share solar energy as per need, in addition to other renewable energy sources.
The second phase would connect the functional first phase to the pool of renewable resources in Africa.
The third phase would look at achieving true global interconnection.The idea will be to integrate as many countries as possible to create a single power grid of renewable energy.This can then be accessed by all countries.
How will the OSOWOG Initiative help the world become more sustainable?
All participants in the initiative will focus on attracting effective investments in renewable energy sources by utilizing technology, finance and skill.When all stakeholders coordinate, it is expected to bring down project cost, lead to higher efficiencies and increased asset utilization for all involved.
The initiative may also have a spillover effect as the cost effective source of energy production could be used in other areas such as poverty alleviation, provision of drinking water, sanitation facilities and food security.
Government proposes in SC tech panel to evaluate carrying capacity of 13 Himalayan States
Source: The post is based on the article “Government proposes in SC tech panel to evaluate carrying capacity of 13 Himalayan States” published in The Hindu on 5th September 2023Contents
What is the News?
The Ministry of Environment and Forest and Climate Change suggested steps to assess the accurate carrying capacity of 13 Himalayan States.
What is Carrying Capacity?
The carrying capacity is the maximum population size that an ecosystem can sustain without getting degraded.
What are the suggestions given by the Central Government to assess the carrying capacity of 13 Himalayan States?
The Union government has urged the Supreme Court to issue directives to all 13 Himalayan states and Union territories for immediately assessing the carrying capacity of mountainous regions.
These 13 Himalayan states and UTs include Jammu and Kashmir, Ladakh, Uttarakhand, Himachal Pradesh, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland, Sikkim, Tripura, Assam and West Bengal.
States could constitute committees headed by their respective Chief Secretaries to collect information on the load-carrying capacity of their hill stations, cities and eco-sensitive zones.
The Centre will then form a 13-member technical committee headed by the Director of the GB Pant National Institute of Himalayan Environment to evaluate the information collected by the States.
What is the National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem (NMSHE)?
The National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem (NMSHE) is one of the eight missions under the National Action Plan on Climate Change (NAPCC).
The mission is aimed at evolving management measures for sustaining and safeguarding the Himalayan glaciers and mountain ecosystem.
The measures include enhanced monitoring of the Himalayan ecosystem through establishment of the monitoring network, promoting community based management, human resource development and strengthening regional cooperation.
‘Gujarat Declaration’ underlining outcome of the first WHO Traditional Medicine Global Summit 2023 released
Source: The post is based on the article “Gujarat Declaration’ underlining outcome of the first WHO Traditional Medicine Global Summit 2023 released” published in PIB on 4th September 2023
What is the News?
The first WHO Traditional Medicine Global Summit was held in Gandhinagar, Gujarat.
The World Health Organization (WHO) released the outcome document of the summit in form of “Gujarat Declaration’.
What is the first WHO Traditional Medicine Global Summit?
What are the key points of the Gujarat Declarations?
Gujarat declaration reaffirmed global commitments towards indigenous knowledges, biodiversity and traditional, complementary and integrative medicine.
The key action points outlined in the declaration are:
Health and Well-being: Scale up evidence-based traditional, complementary, and integrative medicine (TCIM) for universal health coverage and Sustainable Development Goals.Use science and technology to validate TCIM’s contribution to health and well-being.
Global Health Leadership: Expand multi-regional collaborations through the WHO Global Traditional Medicine Centre and Respect Indigenous Peoples’ knowledge on health.
Research and Evidence: Mobilize research funding for TCIM and strengthen research capabilities.
Universal Health Coverage and Health Systems: Integrate TCIM into national health systems and adapt laws and policies for TCIM safety and accessibility.
Digital Health and AI: Develop digital health resources, including AI, for TCIM.
Biodiversity and Sustainability: Support UN biodiversity agreements and Indigenous Peoples’ involvement.
Human Rights, Equity, and Ethics: Recognize and protect Indigenous Peoples’ rights and knowledge.Incorporate ethical practices in TCIM.
The northern plains of India is the most polluted region
Source: The post is based on the article “The northern plains of India is the most polluted region” published in The Hindu on 4th September 2023
What is the News?
The Air Quality Life Index 2021 has been released.
What is the Air Quality Life Index?
Released by: Energy Policy Institute at the University of Chicago (EPIC)
Purpose: It is a pollution index that quantifies the relationship between long-term exposure to particulate pollution and life expectancy.
What are the key findings of the Air Quality Life Index?
Pollution and Life expectancy: Pollution remains the foremost external threat to human health around the world.
– Its impact on life expectancy rivals that of smoking, surpassing alcohol use, unsafe water, and even exceeding car crash injuries.
– If the world were to permanently reduce fine particulate pollution (PM2.5) to meet the World Health Organization’s (WHO) guideline, the average person would add 2.3 years onto their life expectancy.
South Asia: South Asia is home to the four most polluted countries in the world and nearly a quarter of the global population.
– Between 2013 to 2021, particulate pollution in South Asia surged by 9.7%, which is estimated to reduce life expectancy in the region by an additional six months.
Most polluted countries in the world: Bangladesh, India, Nepal, and Pakistan where 22.9% of the global population lives are the four most polluted countries in the world.
– In Bangladesh, people potentially lost an average of 6.8 years of life due to air pollution not meeting WHO guidelines.In contrast, the average person from the U.S. lost just 3.6 months.
China: China stands out due to its success in reducing pollution by a staggering 42.3% from 2013 to 2021 and extending the average life expectancy of its population by 2.2 years.This reduction can be attributed to the country’s policy initiatives to combat pollution in 2014.
India: India is the second-most polluted country in the world in 2021.
– The average Indian resident is set to lose 5.3 years of life expectancy if WHO guidelines remain unmet.In contrast, cardiovascular diseases reduce the average Indian’s life expectancy by about 4.5 years, while child and maternal malnutrition reduces it by 1.8 years.
– Delhi is the world’s most polluted city.If the PM2.5 level in Delhi is reduced to meet the WHO guideline, a resident in Delhi could gain 11.9 years in life expectancy.
– Northern plains, which is home to over half a billion people and 38.9% of India’s population, is the most polluted region.
– The northern plains include the States and Union Territories of Bihar, Chandigarh, Delhi, Haryana, Punjab, Uttar Pradesh, and West Bengal.
– In the northern plains, the average resident is set to lose about 8 years of life expectancy if pollution levels persist and policies do not succeed in reducing pollution to levels as prescribed by the WHO.
PM congratulates RBI Governor for being rated “A+” in the Global Finance Central Banker Report Cards 2023
Source: The post is based on the article “PM congratulates RBI Governor for being rated “A+” in the Global Finance Central Banker Report Cards 2023” published in PIB on 2nd September 2023
What is the News?
The Prime Minister has congratulated RBI Governor Shri Shaktikanta Das for being rated “A+” in the Global Finance Central Banker Report Cards 2023.
What is Global Finance Central Banker Report Cards 2023?
The Central Banker Report Cards has been published annually by Global Finance since 1994.
Purpose: It grades the central bank governors of 101 key countries, territories and districts, including the European Union, the Eastern Caribbean Central Bank, the Bank of Central African States and the Central Bank of West African States.
Parameters: The grades are based on a scale from A to F for success in inflation control, economic growth goals, currency stability, and interest rate management, according to a statement by Global Finance magazine.
– An ‘A’ represents an excellent performance and an ‘F’ stands for an outright failure.
Note: Recently, RBI Governor Shaktikanta Das was also awarded the “Governor of the Year” at the Central Banking Awards 2023 in London.
– Central Banking is a London-based international economic research journal.
– Shaktikanta Das is the second RBI governor to receive this award after Raghuram Rajan, who was given the title in 2015.
Omission of disability-related questions from NFHS-6 shows that disability remains misunderstood
Source: The post is based on the article “Omission of disability-related questions from NFHS-6 shows that disability remains misunderstood” published in Indian Express 1st September 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The Government of India has decided to omit disability-related questions from the sixth round of the National Family Health Survey (NFHS-6).
What is the National Family Health Survey(NFHS)?
The questions on disability were included for the first time in the NFHS-5 which was carried out during 2019-21.
Based on the NFHS-5 report, it was observed that disability prevalence was only 1% for rural areas and 0.9% for urban areas.
However, National Sample Survey Office (NSSO) estimates for the year 2018 showed 2.3% for rural areas and 2% for urban areas.
According to the Ministry of Health, the disability related questions are not included in NFHS-6 as the disability data will not change very fast and there is no reason to collect this data every time.
This decision has been criticized as the persons with disabilities make up around 2.21% of India’s population, totaling about 2.68 crore people according to the 2011 Census.
The Census data does not fully represent the current disabled population due to population growth over the past decade and the limited categories of disabilities recognized in the Census.
What are the other issues faced by disabled people in government policy making?
Limited Understanding of Disability: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation) report on ‘Persons with Disabilities (Divyangjan) in India — A Statistical Profile: 2021’ refers to only eight categories of disabilities.
– It fails to acknowledge and account for the 21 categories of disabilities recognised in law after the enactment of the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016 (RPWDA).
Invisible disability not acknowledged: Niti Aayog’s visionary blueprint, ‘Strategy for New India @ 75’, which delineates the government’s goals for 2022-23, recognises the challenges posed due to a lack of detailed data in drafting policies for persons with disabilities.
– However, the document lacks measures for those with invisible disabilities such as mental health conditions.
In India, 74% can’t afford a healthy diet: UN agency report
Source: The post is based on the article “In India, 74% can’t afford a healthy diet: UN agency report” published in The Hindu on 31st August 2023
What is the News?
The ‘State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World’ (SOFI) 2023 report has been released with the theme “Urbanization, agrifood systems transformation, and healthy diets across the rural-urban continuum”.
What is the State of Food Security and Nutrition in the World(SOFI) Report?
SOFI is an annual flagship report jointly prepared by: Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations (FAO), International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD), United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF), World Food Programme (WFP) and World Health Organisation (WHO).
Aim: To inform on progress towards ending hunger, achieving food security and improving nutrition and to provide an in-depth analysis of key challenges for achieving this goal in the context of the SDG.
What are the key findings of the SOFI 2023 related to India?
Source: The Hindu
Healthy diet: India has the lowest cost of a healthy diet among BRICS nations and neighboring countries.However, a significant portion of the population can’t afford it due to stagnant or decreasing incomes.
– For instance, meal costs in Mumbai increased by 65% in five years, while salaries/wages only grew by 28%-37%.
Healthy diet in terms of Purchasing Power Parity(PPP): In India, a healthy diet costs 3.066 PPP dollars per person per day, the lowest among the countries considered.
– PPP stands for ‘Purchasing Power Parity’.In simple terms, 1 PPP dollar in the United States should buy the same amount of goods and services as 1 PPP dollar in, say, India or Brazil.
Share of the population that is unable to afford a healthy diet in 2021: In India, 74% were not able to afford a healthy diet, the fourth highest share among the nations considered.
Change in the cost of a healthy diet over the years across regions: Between 2019 (before the COVID-19 pandemic) and 2021, the expense of maintaining a healthy diet increased by almost 9% in Asia — the highest across regions.
Change in the number of people unable to afford a healthy diet over time across regions: Between 2019 and 2021, Asia and Africa saw the highest growth in the number of people who could not afford a healthy diet.
– In Asia, South Asia had the highest number of people (1.4 billion) and the highest share (72%) who could not afford a healthy diet.
Ministry of Jal Shakti Releases the 6th Census Report On Minor Irrigation (MI) Schemes
Source: The post is based on the article “Ministry of Jal Shakti Releases the 6th Census Report On Minor Irrigation (MI) Schemes” published in PIB on 28th August 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The Ministry of Jal Shakti has released the 6th Census Report on Minor Irrigation (MI) Schemes.
What are Minor irrigation(MI) schemes?
Minor irrigation (MI) schemes are defined as those structures either in ground water or in surface water category having Culturable Command Area (CCA) up to 2,000 ha.
Minor irrigation schemes are categorized into six types: (1) Dug wells/dug-cum-bore wells (2) Shallow Tube wells (3) Medium Tube wells and (4) Deep tube wells comes under the category of Ground water schemes whereas (5) Surface flow schemes and (6) Surface lift schemes comes under the category of Surface water schemes.
What is the Census Report on Minor Irrigation (MI) Schemes?
The Government of India has been conducting census of minor irrigation schemes. So far, five censuses have been conducted with reference year 1986-87, 1993-94, 2000-01, 2006-07 and 2013-14 respectively.
The census is conducted under the centrally sponsored scheme “Irrigation Census”.
The 6th minor irrigation census with reference year 2017-18 was completed in 32 States/ UTs. For the first time, information about the gender of the owner of the MI scheme was also collected in case of individual ownership.
What are the key findings of the 6th Census Report on Minor Irrigation (MI) Schemes?
Minor irrigation schemes: There are 23.14 million minor irrigation schemes in India spread over 695 districts. Of these 21.93 million (94.8%) are groundwater and 1.21 million (5.2%) are surface water schemes.
– Dug wells have the highest share in MI schemes followed by shallow tube wells, medium tube wells and deep tube wells.
State wise: Uttar Pradesh possesses the largest number of MI schemes in the country (17.2%) followed by Maharashtra (15.4%), Madhya Pradesh (9.9%) and Tamil Nadu (9.1%).
Increase in MI Schemes: There has been an increase of about 1.42 million in MI schemes with their number standing at 23.14 million during 6th MI Census as compared to 21.7 million in 5th Census.
Ownership of minor irrigation schemes: 96.6% of minor irrigation schemes are under private ownership whereas 3.4% are under public ownership. Therefore, most minor irrigation schemes are owned by individuals or groups of farmers.
The most notable finding was that 18.1% of minor irrigation schemes are owned by women.
State of birds report 2023: Most species show dip, Indian Peafowl among those flourishing
Source: The post is based on the article “State of birds: Most species show dip, Indian Peafowl among those flourishing” published in Indian Express on 28th August 2023
What is the News?
The State of India’s Birds, 2023 has been released.
What is the State of India’s Birds Report, 2023?
State of India’s Birds Report is an assessment of the distribution range, trends in abundance and conservation status of 942 of India’s 1,200 bird species.
Published by: State of India’s Birds Partnership, a group of 13 governments (including SACON, WII, ZSI) and non-governmental organizations.
What are the key findings of the State of India’s Birds, 2023?
Source: Hindustan Times
Decline in birds: Of the 338 species that had enough data to assess for long-term trends, 60% of the species showed long-term declines.
– Birds that feed on vertebrates and carrion (including raptors and vultures) have declined greatly, suggesting harmful pollutants in their food resources, a decline in prey availability, or both.
Endemic Birds: Birds endemic to the Western Ghats and Sri Lanka biodiversity hotspots have rapidly declined in India over the past few decades. India is home to 232 endemic species, found nowhere else in the world.
Birds that live in open habitats are severely impacted: Open habitats in India have been severely compromised by the spread of invasive, drought tolerant woody plants, as well as wind turbines and power lines, impacting several bird species. Of particular note is the Great Grey Shrike, which has suffered a worrisome long-term decline of more than 80%.
Three Indian Bustard species face imminent extinction: The three bustard species that breed in India – the Great Indian Bustard, Lesser Florican and Bengal Florican – face imminent extinction.
Migratory birds under greater threat than resident species: Birds face many dangers during migration, from extreme weather events, to predation, starvation, and hunting/illegal killing.
Long-distance migrants have declined the most, by over 50% followed by short-distance migrants.
Some bird species are in abundance: Several species like the Indian Peafowl, Rock Pigeon, Asian Koel, and House Crow are thriving and increasing in both abundance and distribution.
– For instance, there has been a 150% increase in the abundance of peafowl across the country over the past decades.
What are the major threats to birds in India highlighted in the report?
The major threats are: Climate Change, Urbanization, Monocultures, Energy Infrastructure, ecosystem degradation and environmental pollutants.
7th GEF Assembly: Global Biodiversity Framework Fund ratified
Source: The post is based on the article “7th GEF Assembly: Global Biodiversity Framework Fund ratified” published in Down To Earth on 25th August 2023
What is the News?
The Global Biodiversity Framework Fund (GBFF) was finally ratified and launched at the Seventh Assembly of the Global Environment Facility (GEF) in Vancouver, Canada.
What is the Global Biodiversity Framework Fund (GBFF)?
Aim: To directly support global efforts to halt and reverse biodiversity loss by 2030, a goal agreed to by 196 countries as part of the Global Biodiversity Framework established at COP15.
Hosted by: Global Environment Facility (GEF)
Funding: Governments, non-profits, and the private sector can now contribute their funds to GBFF.
Fund allocations: 20% will be allocated to Indigenous Peoples and local communities (IPLCs)
– 36% of the fund’s resources are aimed to support the most vulnerable people, small island developing states.
– 3% to LDCs (Least Developed Countries)
– About 25% of the fund will be delivered through selected international financial institutions to increase resources through private sector involvement and ensure policies are streamlined.
Note: This is the first time there would be funds channeled to non-state actors like the indigenous communities.
First meeting: The first GBFF Council meeting will be held in January 2024.
What is the Global Environment Facility (GEF)?
Indore best city, M.P. top State in Smart Cities contest
Source: The post is based on the article “Indore best city, M.P. top State in Smart Cities contest” published in The Hindu on 26th August 2023.
What is the News?
The President of India will present the India Smart Cities Award Contest (ISAC), 2022.
What is the India Smart Cities Award Contest (ISAC)?
India Smart Cities Award Contest (ISAC) is organized by the Ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs.
Aim: To recognize and reward cities, projects and innovative ideas that are promoting sustainable development across the 100 smart cities as well as stimulating inclusive, equitable, safe, healthy and collaborative cities leading to a better quality of life for all.
The ISAC award had a two-stage submission process consisting of ‘Qualifying Stage’, which involved overall assessment of the city’s performance, and the ‘Proposal Stage’ which required the smart cities to submit their nominations for six award categories.
This is the fourth edition of the ISAC awards with the previous ones held in 2018, 2019, and 2020.There were no awards in 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
What are the key takeaways from ISAC 2022?
Indore has been named as the best Smart City. Surat and Agra are the second and third place winners among cities.
Madhya Pradesh has been chosen as the top state. Tamil Nadu is the second in State category followed by Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh.
The award for the best Union Territory has gone to Chandigarh.
More students using smartphones for entertainment than study: survey
Source: The post is based on the article “More students using smartphones for entertainment than study: survey” published in The Hindu on 9th August 2023.
What is the News?
The Union Education Minister has released the State of Elementary Education in Rural India report.
What is the State of Elementary Education in Rural India Report?
The report is based on a survey conducted by the Development Intelligence Unit(DIU), a collaboration between Transform Rural India and Sambodhi Research and Communications.
The survey was conducted on 6,229 parents of schoolchildren aged six to 16 in rural communities across 21 States.
What are the key findings of the report?
Increased access to smartphones: Around 49.3% of students in rural India have access to smartphones.
– However, a significant portion, 76.7% of these students primarily use their phones for entertainment purposes, such as playing video games and watching movies.
– Only 34% of smartphone-accessible students use their devices for study-related downloads, while 18% access online learning through tutorials.
Higher Education: At least 78% of the parents of girls and 82% of the parents of boys wanted to educate their children to the level of graduation or above.
Reasons for dropout and out-of-school children: Among the parents of 56 students who dropped out of school, 36.8 percent mentioned that their daughters’ dropout was due to the need to contribute to the family’s earnings.
– For boys, the primary reason cited for dropping out was lack of interest in studies.
Learning environment at home: The survey revealed that 40% of parents have age-appropriate reading materials available at home, beyond school books. Additionally, only 40% of parents engage in daily conversations with their children about their school learning, while 32% have such discussions a few days a week.
Parental participation: A positive aspect observed was that 84% of parents regularly attend parent-teacher meetings, demonstrating their active involvement in their children’s education.
WHO report on tobacco control: Key findings, how India fares
Source: The post is based on the article “WHO report on tobacco control: Key findings, how India fares” published in Indian Express on 2nd August 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The World Health Organisation (WHO) has recently released a report on tobacco control measures.
This was the ninth WHO report on the global tobacco epidemic. It tracks the progress made by countries in tobacco control since 2008.
What are MPOWER measures?
In line with the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (WHO FCTC), WHO had introduced the MPOWER measures in 2008.
MPOWER are a set of six cost-effective and high impact measures that help countries reduce demand for tobacco.
These measures include: 1) Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies 2) Protecting people from tobacco smoke 3) Offering help to quit tobacco use 4) Warning about the dangers of tobacco 5) Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship and 6) Raising taxes on tobacco.
What are the key findings of the WHO report on tobacco control?
MPOWER: In the 15 years since the MPOWER measures were first introduced, 5.6 billion people in the world – or 71% of the entire population – remain protected by at least one of the measures. This has increased from just 5% of the population in 2008.
Countries implementing MPOWER measures: The number of countries implementing at least one MPOWER measure has increased from 44 countries in 2008 to 151 in 2022.
However, there are at least 44 countries in the world that still do not implement any MPOWER measure.
Harmful effects of e-cigarettes: E-cigarettes are harmful to both the people using them and those around them, especially when used indoors.
The tobacco industry is aggressively promoting E-cigarettes as a safer alternative to cigarettes. This is undermining the progress made on tobacco control.
Controlling second-hand smoking: The report focuses on controlling second-hand smoking (being in the presence of someone who is smoking).
It talks of creating smoke-free public areas and also de-normalising the act of smoking in the society.
Of the estimated 8.7 million tobacco-related deaths each year, 1.3 million are of non-smokers exposed to second-hand smoke.
Moreover, severe asthma, respiratory tract infections, and sudden infant death syndrome are more common among children exposed to second-hand smoke.
What does the WHO report say about India?
India has the highest level of achievement when it comes to putting health warning labels on tobacco products and providing tobacco dependence treatment.
With 85% of cigarette packs carrying health warnings both on the front and back, India figures among the top 10 countries in terms of the size of health warnings. The cigarette packets in the country also carry a toll-free number for a quit-line.
India has also banned the sale of e-cigarettes, and banned smoking in healthcare facilities and educational institutions.
India is also implementing warnings on OTT platform content when actors are seen using tobacco products. This would make India the first country in the world to do so.
Panel submits report on sub-categorisation of OBCs after 6 years
Source: The post is based on the article “Panel submits report on sub-categorisation of OBCs after 6 years” published in The Hindu on 2nd August 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The report of a Rohini Commission set up to examine the sub-categorisation of Other Backward Classes (OBCs) has been submitted to the President.
However, the contents of the report have not been made public as yet.
What is the need for sub-categorisation of OBCs?
OBCs get 27% reservation in central government jobs and admission to educational institutions.
There are more than 2,600 entries in the Central List of OBCs but over the years only a few affluent communities among them have benefited from the quota.
Therefore, there is an argument that a “sub-categorisation” of OBCs — quotas within the 27% quota — is needed in order to ensure “equitable distribution” of the benefits of reservation.
What were the terms of reference of the Rohini Commission?
Examine the extent of inequitable distribution of benefits of reservation among the castes or communities included in the broad category of OBCs with reference to such classes included in the Central List.
Work out the mechanism, criteria, norms and parameters in a scientific approach for sub-categorisation within such OBCs and
Take up the exercise of identifying the respective castes or communities or sub-castes or synonyms in the Central List of OBCs and classifying them into their respective sub-categories.
How did the work of the commission proceed till now?
In 2018, the commission analyzed the data of 1.3 lakh central government jobs under the OBC quota over the preceding five years, and OBC admissions to central higher education institutions, including universities, IITs, NITs, IIMs and AIIMS, over the preceding three years.
The analysis showed 97% of all jobs and education seats have gone to 25% of OBC castes and 24.95% of these jobs and seats have gone to just 10 OBC communities.
As many as 983 OBC communities — 37% of the total — were found to have zero representation in jobs and educational institutions and 994 OBC sub-castes had a representation of only 2.68% in recruitments and admissions.
However, this analysis suffered from limitations due to the absence of updated population data.
IMD has launched Heat Index
Source: The post is based on the article “IMD has launched Heat Index” published in PIB on 20th July 2023.
Contents
What is the News?
India Meteorological Department (IMD) has launched the Heat Index on an experimental basis.
What is the Heat Index?
Source: TOI
Heat Index is also known as the apparent temperature. It is the temperature humans feel when relative humidity combines with the air temperature.
For instance, you may experience unusually high levels of heat despite the official temperature forecast indicating a ‘normal’ range. Say, if the absolute humidity of an area is high, you may feel hot, even though the temperature may not necessarily be that high.
Similarly, say there is a wind blowing; you will automatically feel colder, even if the temperature may not be so low.
How will the Heat Index be calculated by IMD?
At present, heat index is derived using the heat index equation similar to what is used by National Weather Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), USA.
What are the colour codes used for Heat Index?
The colour codes used for Experimental Heat Index are as follows: 1) Green: Experimental heat Index less than 35 deg C 2) Yellow: Experimental heat Index in the range 36-45 deg C 3) Orange: Experimental heat Index in the range 46-55 deg C and 4) Red: Experimental heat Index greater than 55 deg C.
India climbs seven points to 80 on Passport Index; Singapore at top position
Source: The post is based on the article “India climbs seven points to 80 on Passport Index; Singapore at top position” published in The Hindu on 20th July 2023
Contents
What is the News?
Henley Passport Index 2023 has been released by the consultancy firm named ‘Henley & Partners’.
What is the Henley Passport Index?
Henley Passport Index is the ranking of all the world’s passports according to the number of destinations their holders can access without a prior visa.
The index includes 199 passports and 227 travel destinations.
What are the key rankings of Henley Passport Index 2023?
Source: The Hindu
Globally: Singapore has topped the index. It is now officially the most powerful passport in the world with its citizens able to visit 192 travel destinations out of 227 around the world visa-free.
– Germany, Italy, and Spain occupied the second place.
– Japan, which occupied the top position Index for five years, has dropped to the third place.
India: India has climbed seven places in 2023 and is ranked at 80th position. Indian citizens can now enjoy visa-free access to 57 destinations.
– In 2014, India was ranked 76 with 52 countries allowing Indian passport holders visa-free access but its performance has not been linear.
– It ranked 88 in 2015 (visa-free access to 51 countries), 85 in 2016, 87 in 2017, 81 in 2018, 82 in 2019 and 2020, and 81 in 2021.
What is the Henley Openness Index?
Henley Openness Index measures how many nations does a country allows visa-free access to.
The top 20 ‘most open’ countries are all small island nations or African states, except for Cambodia.
Here, India was ranked 94 out of a total of 97 ranks for allowing only four countries visa-free access.
Tamil Nadu tops NITI Aayog export preparedness index 2022, Gujarat skids to 4th slot
Source: The post is based on the article “Tamil Nadu tops NITI Aayog export preparedness index 2022, Gujarat skids to 4th slot” published in The Hindu on 19th July 2023
What is the News?
NITI Aayog has released the third edition of Export Preparedness Index (EPI) 2022.
What is the Export Preparedness Index(EPI)?
What are the key findings of Export Preparedness Index(EPI) 2022?
Topped by: Tamil Nadu has topped the index followed by Maharashtra and Karnataka.
– Gujarat, which held the top position in EPI 2021 (released in 2022) has been pushed to the fourth slot in EPI 2022.
Hilly States: Uttarakhand secured the top position among hilly/Himalayan states in the EPI 2022.
Landlocked States: Haryana topped the chart among the landlocked regions, indicating its preparedness for exports. It was followed by Telangana, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan.
Union Territories/Small States: Goa has ranked first followed by Jammu and Kashmir, Delhi, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, and Ladakh.
Districts: Out of the 680 districts engaged in exports, the top 100 districts contribute about 87% of the total exports from India.
– Among export districts, Jamnagar in Gujarat tops the index. It was followed by Surat, Mumbai Suburban, Mumbai, Pune, Bharuch and Kanchipuram.
India’s exports: Despite global slowdown, India’s exports in 2021-22 crossed an unprecedented USD 675 Billion, with trade in goods accounting for USD 420 billion.
– The value of merchandise exports crossed USD 400 billion in FY2022, an ambitious goal set by the government, reaching up to USD 422 billion by March 2022.
Recommendations: 1) Location-specific strategies to boost exports 2) Diversification of export markets (such as based on Gl products) 3) Leveraging foreign markets using FTAs 4) Identifying high-growth sectors such as pharmaceuticals, automotive, textiles and renewable energy and 5) Improvement in data availability.
13.5 crore Indians move out of multidimensional poverty in five years: Niti Aayog report
Source: The post is based on the article “13.5 crore Indians move out of multidimensional poverty in five years: Niti Aayog report” published in The Hindu on 18th July 2023
What is the News?
Niti Aayog has published the second edition of National Multidimensional Poverty Index: A progress of Review 2023.
What is the National Multidimensional Poverty Index?
National MPI 2023 is based on the latest National Family Health Survey (2019-21) and represents progress made by India in reducing multidimensional poverty between the two surveys, NFHS-4 (2015-16) and NFHS-5 (2019-21).
What are the key findings of the National Multidimensional Poverty Index 2023?
Source: The Print
About 135.5 million (13.5 crore) persons have exited poverty between 2015-16 and 2019-21.
– In 2015-16, one in four Indians (24.85%) met the criteria for multidimensional poverty. By 2019-21, this percentage decreased to 14.96% or one in seven.
Rural areas saw a faster reduction in their MPI value, compared to urban areas. The incidence of poverty fell from 32.59% to 19.28% in rural areas compared to a decline from 8.65% to 5.27% in urban areas between 2015-16 and 2019-21.
Uttar Pradesh has registered the largest decline in the number of poor with 3.43 crore people escaping multidimensional poverty.
The number of states with less than 10 per cent people living in multidimensional poverty doubled in the five years between 2016 and 2021.
– In 2015-16 (NFHS-4), only seven states had less than 10% of their population living in multidimensional poverty — Mizoram, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Sikkim, Tamil Nadu, Goa, and Kerala.
– In 2019-21 (NFHS-5), the list had doubled to include 14 states, with the seven new additions being Telangana, Andhra Pradesh, Haryana, Karnataka, Maharashtra, Manipur, and Uttarakhand.
Except for Bihar, no other state in India has more than one-third of its population living in multidimensional poverty.
– Even Bihar has also made remarkable improvement. In 2015-16, over 51.89 per cent of Bihar’s population lived in multidimensional poverty. By 2019-21, the figure had dropped to 33.76 per cent.
Export Preparedness Index (EPI) Report, 2022
Source: The post is based on the article “Export Preparedness Index (EPI) Report, 2022” published in PIB on 14th July 2023
What is the News?
NITI Aayog will be releasing the third edition of Export Preparedness Index (EPI) for States/UTs of India for the year 2022.
What is the Export Preparedness Index (EPI)?
EPI is a comprehensive tool which measures the export preparedness of the States and UTs in India.
Aim: To undertake a comprehensive analysis of States and UTs across export-related parameters in order to identify their strengths and weaknesses.
– To present a comprehensive picture of states and UT’s export preparedness.
– To highlight the achievements of states/UTs and encourage peer-learning among the states/UTs to uphold the spirit of competitive federalism.
Pillars: The index assess the performance of the States and UTs across four pillars:
– Policy Pillar evaluates states and UTs’ performance based on its adoption of the export-related policy ecosystem at a state and district level as well as the institutional framework surrounding the ecosystem.
– Business Ecosystem assesses the prevailing business environment in a state/UT, along with the extent of business-supportive infrastructure, and a state/UTs’ transport connectivity.
– Export Ecosystem focuses on the export-related infrastructure in a state/UT along with the trade support provided to the exporters, and the prevalence of Research and Development in the state/UT to foster innovation.
– Export Performance is an output-based indicator which gauges the growth of a state’s export over the previous year and analyzes its export concentration and footprint on the global markets.
415 million Indians came out of multidimensional poverty in 15 years, says UNDP study
Source: The post is based on the article “415 million Indians came out of multidimensional poverty in 15 years, says UNDP study” published in The Hindu on 12th July 2023
What is the News?
The Global Multidimensional Poverty Index(MPI) 2023 has been released.
What is the Global Multidimensional Poverty Index (MPI)?
Global MPI is a key international resource that measures acute multidimensional poverty across more than 100 developing countries.
It was first launched in 2010 by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and the Oxford Poverty and Human Development Initiative (OPHI).
The Global MPI advances SDG 1 – ending poverty in all its forms everywhere. It also measures interconnected deprivations across indicators related to SDGs 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 11.
What are the key findings of the report?
Source: UNDP
Globally: 25 countries including India have successfully halved their global MPI values within 15 years, indicating that substantial progress is attainable.
– Around 1.1 billion out of 6.1 billion people (just over 18%) live in acute multidimensional poverty across 110 countries.
– Sub-Saharan Africa (534 million) and South Asia (389 million) are home to approximately five out of every six poor people.
– Nearly two-thirds of all poor people (730 million people) live in middle-income countries, making action in these countries vital for reducing global poverty.
– Children under 18 years old account for half of MPI-poor people (566 million). The poverty rate among children is 27.7%, while among adults it is 13.4%.
– Poverty predominantly affects rural areas, with 84% of all poor people living in rural areas.
India: Around 415 million people exited poverty within a span of just 15 years between 2005 to 2021 in India.
The number of people in multidimensional poverty in India decreased from approximately 645 million in 2005-06 to about 370 million in 2015-16 and further to 230 million in 2019-21.Hence, the incidence of poverty fell from 55.1% to 16.4% during the period.
Deprivation in all indicators declined in India.
The poorest states and disadvantaged groups, including children and individuals from marginalized castes, experienced the fastest progress in reducing poverty.
People who are multidimensionally poor and deprived under the nutrition indicator in India declined from 44.3% in 2005/2006 to 11.8%in 2019/2021 and child mortality fell from 4.5% to 1.5%.
Ministry of Education releases combined report on Performance Grading Index for Districts (PGI-D) for the year 2020-21 & 2021-22
Source: The post is based on the article “Ministry of Education releases combined report on Performance Grading Index for Districts (PGI-D) for the year 2020-21 & 2021-22” published in PIB on 9th July 2023
What is the News?
The Department of School Education and Literacy (DoSE&L), Ministry of Education has released the Performance Grading Index for Districts (PGI-D) combined report for 2020-21 and 2021-22.
What is the Performance Grading Index for Districts (PGI-D)?
Aim: To assess the performance of the school education system at the District level by creating an index for comprehensive analysis.
Methodology: PGI-D structure comprises of total weight age of 600 points across 83 indicators, which are grouped under 6 categories viz., Outcomes, Effective Classroom Transaction, Infrastructure Facilities & Student’s Entitlements, School Safety & Child Protection, Digital Learning and Governance Process.
– These categories are further divided into 12 domains such as Learning Outcomes and Quality (LO), Access Outcomes (AO), Teacher Availability, Learning Management (LM), Infrastructure, Facilities, school Safety and Child Protection (SS&CP), Digital Learning (DL) among others.
Categories: PGI-D has 10 grades under which districts are categorized with Daksh being the highest grade (above 90%) followed by Utkarsh (81%-90%); Ati-Uttam (71%-80%); Uttam (61%-70%); Prachesta-1 (51%-60%); Prachesta-2 (41%-50%); Prachesta-3 (31%-40%); Akanshi-1 (21% to 30%); and Akanshi-2 (11% to 20%).
– The lowest grade is Akanshi-3, for districts that score less than 10%.
Significance: PGI-D is expected to help the state education departments to identify gaps at the district level and improve their performance in a decentralized manner.
What are the key findings of PGI-D 2020-21 and 2021-22?
Source: The Hindu
There are no districts in the country figuring in the top two grades — “Daksh” and “Utkarsh” in the 2020-21 and 2021-22 index.
121 districts were graded as Ati-Uttam for 2020-21.This number fell by more than half in 2021-22 with just 51 districts making the grade.
Among the best-performing districts in 2020-21, the maximum are from Rajasthan (26) followed by Gujarat (22) and Punjab (19).All nine districts of Delhi have figured in the “Ati Uttam” category.
In the digital learning domain during 2021-22, the majority of districts are still in the bottom three grades indicating the need for boosting the digital learning aspect.
Explainer: What is the Farmers Distress Index?
Source: The post is based on the article “Explainer: What is the Farmers Distress Index?” published in Down To Earth on 6th July 2023
What is the News?
Central Research Institute for Dryland Agriculture (CRIDA), an institution under the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) has developed an early warning system called ‘farmers distress index’.
What is the Farmers Distress Index?
Aim: To minimize the agrarian distress in the form of crop loss / failure and income shock. This will help in decreasing farmer suicides.
Working of the index: The index methodology involves going through local newspapers, other news platforms and social media platforms for any report on incidence of farmers distress like localised cases of issues with debt repayment, death by suicide, pest attacks, drought, floods, migration, among others.
– Following this, contacts of farmers from the area will be collected to conduct telephonic interviews, which will have 21 standardized questions to gauge early signs of distress.
– Based on these questions, the degree of distress will be identified.The index will have values from 0-1. A value between 0-0.5 will indicate ‘low distress’, 0.5-0.7 will indicate ‘moderate’ distress and above 0.7 will indicate ‘severe’ distress.
– If the index is severe, it will identify which component among the seven is more severe and contributes maximum to farmers’ distress.
Significance of the index: The index will help in anticipating agrarian distress and prevent its spread from a few farmers to the village or block level by pre-warning different stakeholders, including central, state, local and also non-government agencies about the future occurrence of farmers distress in a particular block / district so that they can take timely preventive measures.
Ministry of Education releases report on Performance Grading Index 2.0 for States/UTs for the year 2021-22
Source: The post is based on the article “Ministry of Education releases report on Performance Grading Index 2.0 for States/UTs for the year 2021-22” published in PIB on 7th July 2023
What is the News?
The Union Ministry of Education has released a report on Performance Grading Index 2.0 for States/UTs for the year 2021-22.
What is the Performance Grading Index?
The Performance Grading Index is prepared by the Department of School Education & Literacy, Ministry of Education. It was first released for the year 2017-18.
It assesses the performance of the school education system at the State/UT level by creating an index.
The PGI 2.0 structure comprises total weightage of 1000 points across 73 indicators, which are grouped under 2 Categories viz., Outcomes and Governance & Management.
These categories are further divided into 6 domains, viz., Learning Outcomes (LO), Access (A), Infrastructure & Facilities (IF), Equity (E), Governance Processes (GP) and Teacher Education & Training (TET).
Scores obtained by States/UTs have been classified into 10 grades with the highest achievable Grade is Daksh, which is for State/UT scoring more than 940 points out of a total of 1000 points. The lowest grade is Akanshi-3 which is for a score up to 460.
What are the key findings of Performance Grading Index 2.0 for 2021-22?
Source: PIB
None of the States/UTs has attained the highest Grade i.e Daksh.
Only 2 States and UTs, namely Punjab and Chandigarh have attained Grade Prachesta -2 (score 641-700).
The three poorest performing States/UTs Akanshi 3 are Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya and Mizoram.
The maximum and minimum scores obtained by the States/UTs in 2021-22 are 659.01 and 420.64 respectively. The deviation between the maximum and minimum scores obtained by States/UTs is 23.8% of the maximum points, indicating that states such as Arunachal Pradesh, Meghalaya and Mizoram has to put more effort to reach the top slot. This disparity was 51 % in 2017-18.
Outstanding performance by India in United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia Pacific’s (UNESCAP) Global Survey on Digital and Sustainable Trade Facilitation
Source: The post is based on the article “Outstanding performance by India in United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia Pacific’s (UNESCAP) Global Survey on Digital and Sustainable Trade Facilitation” published in PIB on 7th July 2023
What is the News?
United Nations Economic and Social Commission for Asia Pacific’s (UNESCAP) has released the Global Survey on Digital and Sustainable Trade Facilitation 2023.
What is the Global Survey on Digital and Sustainable Trade Facilitation?
UNESCAP has been conducting the Global Survey on Digital and Sustainable Trade Facilitation since 2015.
Aim: To review the progress of trade facilitation reforms in their respective Member States.
Parameters: The survey covers WTO Trade Facilitation Agreement (TFA) along with set of nearly 60 trade facilitation measures categorized into eleven sub-groups, namely: 1) Transparency 2) Formalities 3) Institutional arrangement and cooperation 4) Transit facilitation 5) Paperless trade 6) Cross-border paperless trade 7) Trade facilitation for SMEs 8) Agricultural trade facilitation 9) Women in trade facilitation 10) Trade finance for trade facilitation and 11) Trade facilitation in times of crisis.
The survey is fact-based rather than perception-based. A three-step approach to data collection and validation is generally followed, implemented over a 6-month period every 2 years.
What are the key findings of the survey related to India?
India has positioned itself at the forefront of global trade facilitation efforts with an impressive score of 93.55% in 2023 vis a vis 90.32% in 2021.
India is now the best performing country amongst all the countries of the South Asia region. The overall score of India has been greater than many developed countries including Canada, France, UK, Germany etc.
India has achieved a perfect score of 100% in four key areas: Transparency, Formalities, Institutional Arrangement and Cooperation, and Paperless Trade.
India has witnessed a substantial improvement in the score for “Women in Trade Facilitation” component from 66.7% in 2021 to 77.8% in 2023 thereby indicating commitment to gender inclusivity and the empowerment of women in the trade sector.
This outstanding recognition reflects India’s continuous efforts to streamline trade procedures and improve transparency through initiatives such as Turant customs, single window interface for facilitation of trade (SWIFT), pre-arrival data processing, e-Sanchit, and coordinated border management.
Iceland is the world’s most peaceful country; check where India stands
Source: The post is based on the article “Iceland is the world’s most peaceful country; check where India stands” published in Indian Express on 7th July 2023
What is the News?
The 2023 Global Peace Index(GPI) has been released.
What is the Global Peace Index(GPI)?
Released by: Institute for Economics and Peace (IEP)
Aim: To present the most comprehensive data-driven analysis to date on trends in peace, its economic value, and how to develop peaceful societies.
Countries covered: The index covers 163 countries comprising 99.7 percent of the world’s population.
Parameters: It measures the state of peace across three domains: 1) Societal safety and security 2) Ongoing domestic and international conflict and 3) Militarisation.
What are the key findings of the 2023 Global Peace Index(GPI)?
Globally: The average level of global peacefulness has deteriorated by 0.42%.
– Iceland is the most peaceful country in the world – a title it has held since 2008.
– Afghanistan is the least peaceful country in the world for the eighth consecutive year.
India: India has occupied the 126th spot in the rankings, two higher than its previous position.
– India has experienced an improvement of 3.5 per cent in overall peacefulness over the past year, owing to improvements in violent crime, neighboring countries’ relations and political instability.
– Further, the reduction in geopolitical tensions with China owing to the decrease in border incidents as well as less social unrest has led to an improvement in the political instability in India.
India and Asean top recipients of FDI, says UNCTAD report
Source: The post is based on the article “India and Asean top recipients of FDI, says UNCTAD report” published in Economic Times on 6th July 2023
What is the News?
The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) has published its World Investment Report 2023.
What are the key findings of the World Investment Report 2023?
Globally: The global FDI fell by 12% in 2022 to $1.3 trillion mainly due to overlapping global crises: the war in Ukraine, high food and energy prices, and soaring public debt.
– The decline was felt mostly in developed economies where FDI fell by 37% to $378 billion.But flows to developing countries grew by 4% with a few large emerging countries attracting most of the investment while flows to the least developed countries declined.
– Investments in renewables have nearly tripled since 2015.But most of the money has gone to developed countries.
– Developing countries need renewable energy investments of about $1.7 trillion each year but attracted only $544 billion in clean energy FDI in 2022.
India: India was the third largest recipient of foreign direct investment (FDI) in greenfield projects in the world in 2022.
– The FDI flows into India rose 10 percent from $44.7 billion in 2021 to $49.3 billion in 2022.
– However, the total FDI inflows to India in 2022 was still lower than what was recorded in 2020, when India received $64 billion of foreign investments.
– India was also the second-largest recipient of international project finance in the world in 2022. International project finance is when international lenders provide debt or equity to infrastructure projects in various countries.
– Moreover, Indian multinational companies substantially increased their overseas investments in 2022.Indian companies’ invested about $42 billion overseas, a three-fold increase in total investments.
Secretary, DARPG launches the third edition of the National e-Governance Service Delivery Assessment (NeSDA) portal
Source: The post is based on the article “Secretary, DARPG launches the third edition of the National e-Governance Service Delivery Assessment (NeSDA) portal” published in PIB on 6th July 2023
What is the News?
The Department of Administrative Reforms & Public Grievances (DAPRG) Secretary has launched the third edition of the National e-Governance Service Delivery Assessment (NeSDA).
What is National e-Governance Service Delivery Assessment (NeSDA)?
The NeSDA framework was launched in 2018 by the Department of Administrative Reforms & Public Grievances (DAPRG).
Objective: To measure the depth and effectiveness of existing e-Governance service delivery mechanisms from the citizen’s perspective.
The framework is based on the Online Service Index (OSI) of UNDESA eGovernment Survey. It has been customized for the Indian federal structure and the e-Governance landscape of the States and UTs.
DARPG undertakes NeSDA study biennially. It has successfully released 2 editions of NeSDA study: NeSDA 2019 was released in 2020 and second edition – NeSDA 2021 was released in 2022.
NeSDA 2023 Framework: The framework for NeSDA 2023 study has been elaborated under the following three dimensions:
Portals Coverage: All Government Portals assessed during NeSDA are classified into two categories viz., (i) State, UT, Central Ministry Portal and (ii) State, UT, Central Ministry Services Portals.
– NeSDA 2023 framework proposes to evaluate the maturity of e-Government at the City level as well by assessing City Portal i.e., the official portal of respective City/Urban Local Body that provides a single window access to the information and links to the services being provided for the citizens and other stakeholders in the city.
– For City portal assessment, States/UTs may propose one of the 3 most populous cities.
Focus Sectors and Mandatory Services Coverage: The NeSDA framework covers G2C and G2B services across seven sectors: Finance, Labour Employment, Education, Local Governance Utility Services, Social Welfare (including Health, Agriculture, Home Security), Environment (including Fire) and Tourism sectors.
– The framework for NeSDA 2023 proposes an expansion on focus sectors with an addition of Transport and Public Grievance.
Assessment Parameters: To make the NeSDA framework more robust and align with global digital government trends it is proposed to include three additional assessment parameters namely: Open Government Data (OGD), E-Participation and Leveraging Emerging Technologies.
India ranked 67th on Energy Transition Index, Sweden on top: WEF
Source: The post is based on the article “India ranked 67th on Energy Transition Index, Sweden on top: WEF” published in The Hindu on 28th June 2023
What is the News?
The World Economic Forum(WEF) has released the Energy Transition Index 2023.
What is the Energy Transition Index?
What are the key takeaways from Energy Transition Index 2023?
Rankings: Sweden has topped the list and was followed by Denmark, Norway, Finland and Switzerland in the top five.
– France (7) was the only G20 Country in the top 10, followed closely by Germany (11), the U.S. (12), and the U.K. (13).
India: India has been ranked 67th out of 120 countries.
Observations made on India: India is the only major economy with energy transition momentum accelerating across all dimensions.
– Despite continued economic growth, India has successfully reduced the energy intensity of its economy and the carbon intensity of its energy mix, while achieving universal energy access and effectively managing affordability of electricity.
Contributors: Universal access to electricity, replacing solid fuels with clean cooking options and increasing renewable energy deployment have been primary contributors to the improvement of India’s performance.
Concerns: Rising import dependence amid global energy market volatilities, predominantly carbon-intensive energy mix. Challenges include balancing economic growth and creating quality jobs for the growing working-age population.
Recommendations: Continued progress of India will be challenged by two key macro trends: strong economic growth and the urgency to create quality jobs for a growing working age population.
– Hence, for this a skilled workforce, public-private collaboration in innovation, and investment in research and development in low-carbon technologies are necessary to enable India’s energy transition.
Rockies, Alps, Himalayas: More rain, less snow in Northern hemisphere mountains as temperatures rise, says report
Source: The post is based on the article “Rockies, Alps, Himalayas: More rain, less snow in Northern hemisphere mountains as temperatures rise, says report” published in Down To Earth on 29th June 2023
What is the News?
Researchers have found that climate change will cause a shift from snowfall to rainfall on mountains across the Northern Hemisphere.
What are the key findings of the study?
Climate change could cause a shift from snowfall to rainfall in mountain regions across the Northern Hemisphere.
The Himalayas and other mountains across the Northern Hemisphere are likely to see 15% more rain for every 1-degree Celsius rise in temperature due to climate change.
For 2 degrees and 3 degrees rise, the world would see a 30 percent and 45 percent increase in rain.
This shift from snowfall to rainfall will increase the risk of disasters such as floods, landslides, and soil erosion.
One-quarter of the global population lives in or downstream from mountainous regions. They are going to be directly affected by this risk.
However, not all mountain regions are at high risk. The Himalayas and the North American Pacific Mountain ranges, including the Cascades, Sierra Nevada, and coastal ranges (from Canada to Southern California) are more threatened than the Rockies or the Alps.
UNODC World Drug Report 2023 warns of converging crises as illicit drug markets continue to expand
Source: The post is based on the article “UNODC World Drug Report 2023 warns of converging crises as illicit drug markets continue to expand” published in UN on 29th June 2023
What is the News?
The UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) has released the World Drug Report 2023.
What are the key findings of the World Drug Report 2023?
Globally, over 296 million people used drugs in 2021, an increase of 23 percent over the previous decade.
The number of people who suffer from drug use disorders has reached 39.5 million, a 45 percent increase over 10 years.
Only one in five people suffering from drug-related disorders were in treatment for drug use in 2021 with widening disparities in access to treatment across regions.
Youth populations are the most vulnerable to using drugs and are also more severely affected by substance use disorder in several regions.
Large inequalities in access and availability of controlled drugs for medical use persist, particularly for pain management. The disparity is particularly prevalent between the global North and South, and across urban and rural areas.
Drug trafficking is accelerating environmental devastation, particularly in the Amazon Basin. The production of illicit drugs contributes to deforestation, pollution, and the use of harmful chemicals, leading to ecological harm and the loss of biodiversity.
The opium ban in Afghanistan had a positive result, but concerns remain about the production of synthetic drugs. However, farmers’ income has suffered in Afghanistan due to the Opium ban by the Taliban.
What are the key recommendations given by the report?
Public health, prevention, and access to treatment services must be prioritized worldwide.
Law enforcement forces need to keep pace with criminal business models and the proliferation of cheap synthetic drugs that are easy to bring to market.
India slips to 40th spot in world competitiveness ranking
Source: The post is based on the article “India slips to 40th spot in world competitiveness ranking” published in India Today on 29th June 2023
What is the News?
The International Institute for Management Development (IMD) has released the World Competitiveness Ranking 2023.
What is the World Competitiveness Ranking?
The World Competitiveness Ranking is a comprehensive annual report and worldwide reference point on the competitiveness of countries.
It analyzes and ranks countries according to how they manage their competencies to achieve long-term value creation.
It evaluates countries based on four key factors: economic performance, government efficiency, infrastructure and business efficiency.
What are the key findings of World Competitiveness Ranking?
Top three countries: Denmark, Ireland and Switzerland have been named the top three among 64 economies.
India: India has been ranked 40th.India has slipped three spots from the previous year but has improved from its 43rd rank in 2019-2021.
Observations made on India: India has witnessed improvements in government efficiency but slightly underperformed in business efficiency, infrastructure, and economic performance when compared to other countries.
– The top three contributing factors that positively impacted India’s score are: Exchange rate stability, compensation levels, and advancements in pollution control.
– Challenges for India: Sustaining high GDP growth, managing financial market volatility, controlling inflation and fiscal deficit, accelerating digital transformation and mobilizing resources for infrastructure development.
Global Liveability Index: These are the world’s most liveable cities for 2023
Source: The post is based on the article “Global Liveability Index: These are the world’s most liveable cities for 2023” published in Indian Express on 23rd June 2023
What is the News?
Economist Intelligence Unit (EIU) has released the Global Liveability Index 2023.
What is the Global Liveability Index?
Global Liveability Index quantifies the challenges presented to an individual’s lifestyle in 173 cities worldwide.
The index ranked the cities based on these five metrics: healthcare, culture, environment, education, and stability.
This ranking offers insights into the cities that excel in providing an exceptional quality of life.
What are the key rankings of the Global Liveability Index 2023?
Top Liveable cities: Vienna (Austria), Copenhagen (Denmark), Melbourne and Sydney (Australia).
Bottom 3 Liveable cities: Algiers (Algeria), Tripoli (Libya) and Damascus (Syria).
From India, New Delhi and Mumbai are at 141st position and Chennai at 144th. Ahmedabad and Bengaluru are ranked 147 and 148.
Observations made by the index: Attempts to restore normalcy after the Covid-19 pandemic and the “incremental improvements in liveability made by many developing countries” have been the biggest drivers of changes in its global liveability rankings.
– Those in Western Europe, in particular, have slipped in rankings due to increased instances of workers’ strikes failing to “match gains” made by cities in Asia and the Middle East.
– The cities which are plagued by ongoing civil unrest and military conflicts, amongst other issues, remained at the bottom of the list.
First-ever Comprehensive Energy Sector Report of BEE’s Energy Data Management Unit released
Source: The post is based on the article “First-ever Comprehensive Energy Sector Report of BEE’s Energy Data Management Unit released” published in PIB on 23rd June 2023
What is the News?
The Union Ministry of Power has released a report titled National Energy Data: Survey and Analysis 2021-22.
What is National Energy Data: Survey and Analysis 2021-22?
Prepared by: Bureau of Energy Efficiency (Ministry of Power) in collaboration with NITI Aayog.
Objectives of the report: To provide granular information about energy supply and consumption patterns across various sectors of the Indian economy.
– To provide an overview of the impact of various energy conservation policies and their associated carbon dioxide emission reduction and monetary savings.
What are the key findings of the report?
India conserved 249 billion units (BUs) of electricity to save Rs 1.60 lakh crore in bills for the 2021-22 financial year.
The total equivalent reduction in CO2 emissions is around 280 Million Tonnes annually.
There exists limited data on non-commercial energy sources such as biomass, although these modes meet significant energy needs.
Union Minister launches Grievance Redressal Assessment and Index (GRAI) 2022
Source: The post is based on the article “Union Minister launches Grievance Redressal Assessment and Index (GRAI) 2022” published in PIB on 23rd June 2023
Contents
What is the News?
Union Minister of Personnel, Public Grievances has launched the Grievance Redressal Assessment and Index (GRAI) 2022.
What is Grievance Redressal Assessment and Index (GRAI)?
GRAI was conceptualized and designed by the Department of Administrative Reforms and Public Grievances (DARPG).
Objective: To present an organisation-wise comparative picture and provide valuable insights about strengths and areas of improvement regarding the grievance redressal mechanism.
Parameters: Eighty-nine Central Ministries and Departments were assessed and ranked based on a comprehensive index in the dimensions of (1) Efficiency, (2) Feedback, (3) Domain and (4) Organizational Commitment and corresponding 12 indicators.
Source of data: To compute the index, data between January and December 2022 was used from the Centralised Public Grievance Redressal and Management System (CPGRAMS).
Groupings: Ministries and Departments were grouped into three groups based on the number of grievances registered in the calendar year 2022 at CPGRAMS
What are the key findings of the GRAI 2022?
Rankings: The Department of Posts, Department of Financial Services (Pension Reforms) and Department of Land Resources have topped the rankings in Group A, B and C respectively.
For the first time, the average disposal time of public grievances by central ministries and departments has come down to 16 days, a reduction of about 50%.
What is the Centralised Public Grievance Redressal and Management System (CPGRAMS)?
India climbs eight places to 127 in global gender index: WEF report
Source: The post is based on the article “India climbs eight places to 127 in global gender index: WEF report” published in The Hindu on 22ndJune 2023
What is the News?
The World Economic Forum (WEF) has released the Gender Gap Report, 2023.
What is the Global Gender Gap Report, 2023?
The Global Gender Gap Report has been released annually by the World Economic Forum (WEF) since 2006.
It measures gender parity in 146 countries and across four areas: 1) economic participation and opportunity 2) educational attainment 3) health and survival and 4) political empowerment.
What are the key findings of the report?
Globally: Iceland topped the ranking for the 14th consecutive year with 91.2% of its overall gender gap closed. It is also the only country with a score which is above 90%.
– The overall gender gap closed by a mere 0.3% compared to the previous year. The world would take 131 years to close the overall gender gap between men and women at the current rate of progress.
– In terms of overall gender parity, the Southern Asian region ranked second-lowest of the eight regions with 63.4%.
– The last five countries on the list – Pakistan (57.5%), Iran (57.5%), Algeria (57.3%), Chad (57%), and Afghanistan (40.5%) – have scored below 60 per cent.
India: India was ranked 127 among 146 countries in gender parity — up eight places from 2022. India was ranked 135 in 2022.
– India had closed 64.3% of the overall gender gap. The country had improved by 1.4 percentage points from then, marking a partial recovery towards its 2020 parity level.
– However, the report underlined that India had reached only 36.7% parity in economic participation and opportunity. The country had attained parity in enrolment across all levels of education.
– In India, while there had been an uptick in parity in wages and income, the share of women in senior positions and technical roles had dropped slightly since the last edition, the report said.
– On political empowerment, India has registered 25.3% parity, with women making up 15.1% of MPs.
– Of the 117 countries with available data since 2017, 18 — including Bolivia (50.4%), India (44.4%) and France (42.3%) — have achieved women’s representation of over 40% in local governance.
CBIC releases National Time Release Study (NTRS) 2023 report
Source: The post is based on the article “CBIC releases National Time Release Study (NTRS) 2023 report” published in PIB on 18th June 2023
What is the News?
The Central Board of Indirect Taxes and Customs (CBIC) has released the National Time Release Study (NTRS) 2023 report.
What is the National Time Release Study(NTRS)?
Time Release Study is essentially a performance measurement tool for assessing the cargo clearance process of international trade as recommended by the World Trade Organization (WTO) under the Trade Facilitation Agreement(TFA) and the World Customs Organization (WCO).
It measures cargo release time defined as the time taken from arrival of the cargo at the Customs station to its out-of-charge for domestic clearance in case of imports and arrival of the cargo at the Customs station to the eventual departure of the carrier in case of exports.
The ports included in the study include seaports, air cargo complexes (ACCs), inland container depots (ICDs) and integrated check posts (ICPs) which account for approximately 80% of bills of entry and 70 percent of shipping bills filed in the country.
What are the key findings of the National Time Release Study(NTRS) report?
The average import release time has continued to improve, achieving 20% reduction in release time for ICDs; an 11% reduction for ACCs and a 9% reduction for seaports in 2023 over 2022.
The report reaffirms the 3-fold ‘Path to promptness’ comprising 1) advance filing of import documents enabling pre-arrival processing 2) risk-based facilitation of cargo and 3) benefits of trusted client programmes – Authorized Economic Operators.
Union Health Minister releases fifth State Food Safety Index
Source: The post is based on the article “Union Health Minister releases fifth State Food Safety Index” published in AIR on 15th June 2023
What is the News?
The Union Health Minister has released the fifth State Food Safety Index in New Delhi.
What is the State Food Safety Index?
State Food Safety Index is an annual assessment released by the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI).
Started in: 2018-19
Purpose: It is a dynamic quantitative and qualitative benchmarking model that provides an objective framework for evaluating food safety across all States/UTs.
Parameters: This index is based on the performance of the State/ UT on five significant parameters, namely 1) Human Resources and Institutional Data 2) Compliance 3) Food Testing – Infrastructure and Surveillance, 4) Training & Capacity Building and 5) Consumer Empowerment.
Significance: The index is meant to create a competitive and positive change in the food safety ecosystem in the country.The step was also taken to galvanize states and union territories to work towards ensuring safe food for citizens.
What are the key rankings of the index?
Among the large state category: Kerala is the top-ranking state followed by Punjab and Tamil Nadu.
Among the small states category: Goa is the top-ranking state followed by Manipur, and Sikkim.
Among the Union Territories category: Jammu and Kashmir, Delhi and Chandigarh secured first, second and third ranks respectively.
Gender Social Norms Index 2023: Prejudices against women didn’t reduce in last decade; 90% people still hold gender bias: UN
Source: The post is based on the article “Prejudices against women didn’t reduce in last decade; 90% people still hold gender bias: UN” published in Down To Earth on 15th June 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The Gender Social Norms Index (GSNI) 2023 has been released.
What is Gender Social Norms Index (GSNI)?
Released by: United Nations Development Programme(UNDP)
Purpose: The index tracks people’s attitudes towards women in four dimensions: political, educational, economic and physical integrity.
– This helped in examining how biased beliefs can obstruct gender equality and human rights.
What are the key findings of the Gender Social Norms Index (GSNI) 2023?
Gender Bias: Nearly 90% of people still hold at least one bias against women.
Political Participation: Around half the world’s population believe that men make better political leaders than women, and two in five believe that men make better business executives than women.
Countries with greater bias exhibit a lower representation of women in parliament.
On average, the share of heads of state or government who are women has remained around 10% worldwide since 1995, and women hold just over a quarter of parliament seats globally.
Women are grossly underrepresented in leadership in conflict-affected countries, mainly at the negotiation tables in the recent conflicts in Ukraine (0%), Yemen (4%), and Afghanistan (10%).
Indigenous women, migrant women, and women with disabilities face even more significant challenges in attaining political representation.
Economic Gap: Despite progress in education, gender gaps in economic empowerment persist.
The increase in women’s education has not translated into better economic outcomes.
In 59 countries where adult women are more educated than men, the average income gap is 39%.
Women in domestic chores and work: In countries with higher bias in gender social norms, women spend more time than men — nearly six times — on domestic chores and care work.
Gender-based inequalities in empowerment are partly because of biased gender social norms or the undervaluation of women’s capabilities and rights.
What are the hopeful signs highlighted by the index?
Overall progress has been limited. But there is an increase in the share of people with no bias in any indicator in 27 out of 38 surveyed countries.
The largest improvements were seen in Germany, Uruguay, New Zealand, Singapore, and Japan, with progress greater among men than women.
These major improvements in gender social norms were influenced by policies, regulations and scientific breakthroughs.
Global Slavery Index 2023: G20 nations fuelling modern slavery
Source: The post is based on the article “Global Slavery Index 2023: G20 nations fuelling modern slavery” published in Business Standard on 13th June 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The Global Slavery Index 2023 has been released.
What is the Global Slavery Index?
Global Slavery Index(GSI) provides national estimates of modern slavery for 160 countries.
It is presented by Walk Free, a human rights organization and is based on data provided by the Global Estimates of Modern Slavery which, in turn, is produced by the International Labour Organisation (ILO), Walk Free, and the International Organisation for Migration (IOM).
What is Modern Slavery?
It refers to situations of exploitation that a person cannot refuse or leave because of threats, violence, coercion, deception, or abuses of power.
It is an umbrella term and includes a whole variety of abuses such as forced labour, forced marriage, debt bondage, sexual exploitation, human trafficking, slavery-like practices, forced or servile marriage, and the sale and exploitation of children.
Note: The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of the United Nations resolve to end modern slavery. Target 8.7 of the SDGs states: “Take immediate and effective measures to eradicate forced labour, end modern slavery and human trafficking and secure the prohibition and elimination of the worst forms of child labour, including recruitment and use of child soldiers, and by 2025, end child labour in all its forms”.
What are the key findings of Global Slavery Index 2023?
Prevalence of Modern Slavery: An estimated 50 million people were living in modern slavery on any given day in 2021, an increase of 10 million people since 2016.
– Among these 50 million (of which 12 million are children), 28 million suffer from forced labour and 22 million from forced marriages.
Modern Slavery among countries: There are three sets of key findings:
– The first set consists of countries that top in terms of the prevalence of modern slavery. The prevalence refers to the incidence of modern slavery per 1,000 population. On this count, the following 10 countries are the worst offenders: North Korea, Eritrea, Mauritania, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Tajikistan, the UAE, Russia, Afghanistan and Kuwait.
– The second set consists of countries with the lowest prevalence. The list includes countries such as Switzerland, Norway, Germany, Netherlands, Sweden, Denmark, Belgium, Ireland, Japan, and Finland.
– The third set consists of countries hosting the maximum number of people living in modern slavery. The list is as follows: India, China, North Korea, Pakistan, Russia, Indonesia, Nigeria, Turkey, Bangladesh, and the US.
Global DPI Summit successfully organized
Source: The post is based on the article “Global DPI Summit successfully organized” published in PIB on 13th June 2023
What is the News?
The Global DPI (Digital Public Infrastructure) Summit was held as the side event of the third meeting of the G20 Digital Economy Working Group.
What is Digital Public Infrastructure(DPI)?
What are the key highlights from the Global DPI Summit?
India launched the Digital Public Infrastructure (DPI) partnership to enable countries, especially low and middle-income brackets, to learn from its experiences in harnessing technology to improve governance, and for social, economic, digital and sustainable development.
India also introduced the idea to form an alliance of countries called One Future Alliance which would allow like-minded nations to use technology to improve people’s lives.
India signed MoUs with Armenia, Sierra Leone, and Suriname to share its successful digital solutions implemented at scale through the India Stack.
Draft Public Key Infrastructure(PKI) Mutual Recognition Framework has also been released by the Ministry of Electronics & IT, Government of India with an aim to take the lead on the subject of implementation and adoption of India’s DPI beyond the country’s borders.
World Energy Investment Report 2023: Clean energy funds rise, but mostly in China, Europe, U.S.
Source: The post is based on the article “Clean energy funds rise, but mostly in China, Europe, U.S.” published in The Hindu on 31st May 2023
What is the News?
The International Energy Agency has released the World Energy Investment Report 2023.
What are the key findings of the World Energy Investment Report 2023?
Investment in clean energy has increased in recent years: Investments in clean energy have surpassed investments in fossil fuels by 70% with the transition mainly fuelled by Electric Vehicles (EVs) and renewable power
– For every dollar spent on fossil fuels, $1.7 is now allocated to clean energy, a significant increase from the 1:1 ratio observed five years ago.
– The report also highlights the influence of recent geopolitical events on the energy market. Specifically, it points out that Russia’s invasion of Ukraine has led to substantial instability in the fossil fuel markets. This volatility has inadvertently accelerated the deployment of various renewable energy technologies, despite triggering an immediate scramble for oil and gas resources.
Clean energy investments concentrated in advanced economies: Over 90% of the surge in clean energy investment since 2021 has been concentrated in advanced economies and China.
The increases in clean energy investment in these regions since 2021 have outstripped the total clean energy investment in the rest of the world combined.
However, there are other regions that are also demonstrating significant progress. India, for instance, continues to exhibit robust investment in solar energy.
Challenges in transitioning towards clean energy: There are many hurdles for many countries in transitioning towards clean energy such as Higher interest rates, ambiguous policy frameworks, market designs, financially constrained utilities and a high cost of capital are all impeding investment.
Joint Malnutrition Estimate: India sees reduction in stunting; but wasting, obesity are concerns: report
Source: The post is based on the article “India sees reduction in stunting; but wasting, obesity are concerns: report” published in The Hindu on 29th May 2023
Contents
What is the News?
Recently, a Joint Malnutrition Estimate was released by the UNICEF, the WHO and the World Bank.
What are the key concerns highlighted by the Joint Malnutrition Estimate?
The world has shown insufficient progress to reach the 2025 World Health Assembly global nutrition targets and the 2030 Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 2 targets.
Only about one-third of all countries are ‘on track’ to halve the number of children affected by stunting by 2030. Even fewer countries are expected to achieve the 2030 target of 3% prevalence for overweight.
What are the key findings of Joint Malnutrition Estimate?
Stunting: India continues to show a reduction in stunting and recorded 1.6 crore fewer stunted children under five years in 2022 than in 2012.
Stunting among children under five years in India dropped from a prevalence rate of 41.6% in 2012 to 31.7% in 2022.
India’s share of the global burden of stunting also declined from 30% to 25% in the past decade.
Note: Globally, stunting declined from a prevalence rate of 26.3% in 2012 to 22.3% in 2022.
Wasting: The overall prevalence of wasting in 2022 was 18.7% in India, with a share of 49% in the global burden.
Obesity: The prevalence of obesity marginally increased in a decade from 2.2% in 2012 to 2.8% in 2022, thereby contributing to 8.8% of the global share.
Note: The overall classification for obesity is low and much lower than the global prevalence of 5.6%.
Does the global report is in sync with national findings?
The decline in stunting in India is commensurate with National Family Health Survey (NFHS)-5 (2019-2021) data which estimated its prevalence at 35.5% as against 38% in NFHS-4 (2016) and 48% in NFHS-3 (2006).
The NFHS also highlighted that almost two-thirds of children at 12 or 24 months had wasting at birth or at one month of age. This means two-thirds of the wasting is caused by maternal malnutrition.
Some key takeaways from the Petersberg Climate Dialogue
Source: The post is based on the article “Some key takeaways from the Petersberg Climate Dialogue” published in Down To Earth on 10th May 2023
What is the News?
The Petersberg Dialogue on Climate Change was held in Berlin, Germany. It was hosted by Germany and the United Arab Emirates, which is hosting the 28th Conference of Parties (COP28) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.
What is the Petersberg Climate Dialogue?
The Petersberg Climate Dialogue is an annual high-level political and international forum held before the United Nations Climate Change Conferences(COP).
It was initiated in 2010 by former German Chancellor Angela Merkel following the nearly unsuccessful negotiations at the 2009 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Copenhagen (COP15).
Its central goal is to strengthen trust both in multilateral climate negotiations and between states.
The focus this year included topics such as climate adaptation, climate finance and dealing with loss and damage, but in particular the first-ever global stocktake.
What are the key takeaways from the Petersberg Climate Dialogue?
Clean up economies: The UN Secretary-General emphasized the need for cleaning up our economies — breaking the world’s fossil fuel addiction and driving decarbonisation in every sector to achieve a 1.5 degree global warming pathway.
– He also reiterated his earlier call for an Acceleration Agenda, where all countries hit fast-forward on their Net Zero deadlines.
– The Agenda calls for coal phaseout by 2030 in Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development countries, and by 2040 in all others, as well as achieving Net Zero electricity generation and decarbonising major sectors.
Renewable Energy: COP28 President called on meeting participants to ramp up renewable energy capacity building.
– He called for a tripling of renewable energy capacity by 2030 followed by a doubling in 2040, but his address focused on reducing fossil fuel ‘emissions.
$100 billion climate finance: Developed countries are “on good track” to deliver the $100 billion per year they had promised to mobilize by 2020 during the COP15 in 2009.
– However, recent estimates peg climate finance needs at $1 trillion per year by 2030 for emerging markets alone.
– This means that climate finance needs are more than 10 times the amount that developed countries have been able to mobilize, 14 years after committing to the $100 billion figure.
Global Stocktake: 2023 is the year for the Global Stocktake, which is essentially a periodic review of global climate action which aims to assess whether current efforts will enable us to reach the objectives set out in the Paris Agreement.
China-Central Asia Summit: Chinese President to host first meet with all Central Asia leaders
Source: The post is based on the article “Chinese President to host first meet with all Central Asia leaders” published in The Hindu on 9th May 2023
What is the News?
The Chinese President will be hosting a China-Central Asia Summit.
About China-Central Asia Summit
The China-Central Asia Summit is the first of its kind since the establishment of formal relations 31 years ago.’
Leaders of Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan are expected to attend the summit.
The focus of the summit will be on strengthening economic and diplomatic ties between Central Asia and China.
What is the importance of Central Asia for China?
Central Asia had relatively a lower strategic priority for China prior to the 2000s. However, it has risen in prominence in China’s foreign policy in recent years.
A few of the reasons for this are:
– It has become a zone of strategic interest for the security of Xinjiang in western China- as it shares borders with three of the Central Asian countries i.e., Kazakhstan, Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan;
China’s commercial and resource interests: The Central Asian region is rich in natural resources: gas in Turkmenistan; oil, gas and uranium in Kazakhstan; uranium and gas in Uzbekistan; hydropower in Tajikistan and Kyrgyzstan;
– as a ‘testing ground’ for China’s foreign engagements, including multilateral institution building,
– The region is characterized by cheap wages and a willingness by governments to provide tax breaks and other subsidies for foreign investors in strategic industries. It will also give China access to the European market.
Report on Currency & Finance 2022-23: Adapting to climate change to cost India ₹85.6 lakh crore by 2030’
Source: The post is based on the article “Adapting to climate change to cost India ₹85.6 lakh crore by 2030” published in The Hindu on 4th May 2023
What is the News?
Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) Department of Economic and Policy Research (DEPR) has released a report titled “Report on Currency & Finance 2022-23”. The theme of the report is ‘Towards a Greener Cleaner India’.
What are the key findings of the report?
Net zero target: India aims to achieve the net zero target by 2070. But this would require an accelerated reduction in the energy intensity of GDP by around 5% annually and a significant improvement in its energy mix in favour of renewables to around 80% by 2070-71.
– The cumulative total expenditure for adapting to this climate change in India is estimated to be Rs 85.6 lakh crore (at 2011-12 prices) by the year 2030.
Implications for Financial Stability: The financial sector faces the dual challenge of recalibrating its operations and business strategies to support the green transition process while also strengthening resilience to rising vulnerability to adverse climate events so as to safeguard financial stability.
– On the first challenge, estimates suggest that the green financing requirement in India could be at least 2.5% of GDP annually to address the infrastructure gap caused by climate events.
– On the second challenge, the results of a climate stress-test reveal that public sector banks may be more vulnerable than private sector banks in India.
What are the suggestions given by the report?
– Introduce an Emissions Trading System (ETS) linked to green taxonomy, covering all sectors of the economy which can partly balance subsidies (less polluting industries getting carbon credits for trading) and tax (more polluting industries that should have to buy carbon certificates).
– Ramp up domestic capacity to mine rare earth elements or procure them through long-term contracts and outward FDI;
– Complementing green building standards with IoT-based monitoring and AI and ML to manage and reduce energy demand;
– Boost climate-resilient agriculture;
– Production of green hydrogen using renewable energy; and
– Investment in carbon capture and storage technologies.
World Press Freedom Index 2023: India slips in press freedom index, ranks 161 out of 180 nations
Source: The post is based on the article “India slips in press freedom index, ranks 161 out of 180 nations” published in The Hindu on 4th May 2023
Contents
What is the News?
Global media watchdog Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has released the World Press Freedom Index 2023.
What is the World Press Freedom Index?
What are the key findings of the World Press Freedom Index 2023?
Norway is ranked first for the seventh consecutive year.
India is ranked 161 out of 180 countries. Press freedom in India has gone from “problematic” to “very bad”, with the country slipping 11 ranks since the 2022 report.
Except for Bangladesh (163), Myanmar (173) and China (179), all other neighbours have a better rank than India — Bhutan (90), Nepal (95), Sri Lanka (135), Pakistan (150), Afghanistan (152).
According to the report, violence against journalists, the politically partisan media and the concentration of media ownership all demonstrate that press freedom is in crisis in India, the world’s largest democracy.
What is Reporters Without Borders (RSF)?
RSF is an international NGO whose self-proclaimed aim is to defend and promote media freedom.
It has consultative status with the United Nations.
Headquarters: Paris, France.
RSF defines press freedom as “the ability of journalists as individuals and collectives to select, produce, and disseminate news in the public interest independent of political, economic, legal and social interference and in the absence of threats to their physical and mental safety”.
“Future of Jobs” Report: India to witness less job churn in the next five years: WEF report
Source: The post is based on the article “India to witness less job churn in the next five years: WEF report” published in Business Standard on 1st May 2023
What is the News?
The World Economic Forum(WEF) has released the “Future of Jobs” Report. The report maps the jobs and skills in the coming years and tracks the pace of change.
What are the key findings of the “Future of Jobs” Report?
The report suggests that around 69 million jobs will be created and 83 million positions will be eliminated by 2027.
This will result in a net loss of 14 million jobs, equivalent to 2% of current employment.
The fastest declining roles will be secretarial and clerical roles such as bank tellers and cashiers which can be automated while demand for AI machine learning specialists and cybersecurity experts is expected to grow significantly.
What are the key findings of the “Future of Jobs” Report related to India?
Labour markets in India over the next five years are expected to witness a “Labour market churn” lower than the global average.
Note: Labour-market churn refers to the expected job movement, including new roles being created and existing roles being destroyed, as a proportion of current employment.
– This excludes situations where a new employee replaces someone in the same role.
Which sectors will drive employment in India?
The fastest-growing jobs in the near future will be led by technology-driven sectors like artificial intelligence and machine learning followed by data analysts and scientists and data entry clerks.
On the other hand, labour-intensive sectors like accountants and auditors, operations managers and factory workers are expected to witness the least job growth.
What the latest National Health Account figures say about India’s healthcare sector
Source: The post is based on the article “What the latest National Health Account figures say about India’s healthcare sector” published in Indian Express on 29th April 2023
What is the News?
National Health Accounts (NHA) Estimates for India for 2019-20 has been released.
What are National Health Account (NHA) estimates?
The National Health Account (NHA) estimates for India 2019-20 is the seventh consecutive NHA estimates report prepared by NHSRC, designated as National Health Accounts Technical Secretariat (NHATS) in 2014 by the Union Health Ministry.
The NHA estimates are prepared by using an accounting framework based on the internationally accepted standard of System of Health Accounts, 2011, developed by the World Health Organization (WHO).
What are the key findings of the National Health Account (NHA) estimates?
Government spending on healthcare has been on the rise: The money spent by the government on healthcare as a percentage of GDP has increased from 1.13% in FY 2015 to 1.35% in FY 2020.
– Although the number is still far from the target of 2.5% investment in healthcare by 2025, the number is likely to shoot up in next year’s report, with the increased government spending during the pandemic getting reflected.
Money spent by people from their own pocket on healthcare has been going down: The share of Out-of-Pocket Expenditure (OOPE) in total Health Expenditure (THE) declined from 62.6% to 47.1%. The continuous decline in the OOPE in the overall health spending show progress towards ensuring financial protection and Universal Health Coverage for citizens.
Major chunk of the government’s health spend was in the primary sector: Out of the total spending by the government on healthcare in FY 2020, 55.9% went to primary care, 29.6% went to secondary care, and 6.4% went to tertiary care.
There has been a consistent increase in social security expenditure by the government: It increased from 5.7% of the total spending on health in FY 2015 to 9.3% in FY 2020.
Increased spending on Insurance: There has been an increase in spending on privately purchased health insurance as well.Privately purchased health insurance made up for only 3.9% of the total health expenditure in FY 2015, which increased to 7.72% in FY 2020.
– The government financed health insurance spending also went up from 3.8% of the total money spent on healthcare in FY 2015 to 6.37% in FY 2020.
Health spending by States: National Health Policy 2017 says that 8% of states’ budget should go towards healthcare.
– As per report, only two big states and three of the smaller ones have crossed the 8% target in FY 2020 – Delhi (contributing 18.7% of its total spending on health), Kerala (8%), Puducherry (10.5%), Meghalaya (8.9%), and Goa (8.7%).
India up 6 places on WB’s logistics index
Source: The post is based on the article “India up 6 places on WB’s logistics index” published in TOI on 24th April 2023
What is the News?
The World Bank has released the Logistics Performance Index 2023.
What is the Logistics Performance Index(LPI)?
Released by: World Bank
Purpose: It is an interactive benchmarking tool created to help countries identify the challenges and opportunities they face in their performance on trade logistics and what they can do to improve their performance.
The index measures the ease of establishing reliable supply chain connections and structural factors that make it possible, such as the quality of logistics services, trade and transport-related infrastructure, as well as border controls.
LPI 2023 allows for comparisons across 139 countries.It measures for the first time the speed of trade with indicators derived from big datasets tracking shipments.
What are the key findings of LPI 2023?
Singapore and Finland are the most efficient and highest-ranked LPI countries as per the 2023 LPI.
India: India is ranked 38 out of 139 countries, climbing six places from the previous index. This achievement is credited to India’s investments in soft and hard infrastructure, along with technology.
What are the initiatives taken by India that helped in improving its ranking?
In 2021, the Government of India launched the PM Gati Shakti initiative, a national master plan for multimodal connectivity, aimed at lowering logistics costs and stimulating the economy by 2024-25.
Subsequently, the National Logistics Policy (NLP) was introduced in 2022 to solve transport issues, optimize manufacturing efficiency, and speed up last-mile delivery in the logistics sector.
India implemented a supply chain visibility platform under a public-private partnership, leading to significantly reduced delays.
NICDC Logistics Data Services provides RFID (radio frequency) tagging on containers. This enables end-to-end tracking for supply chain consignees.
From May to October 2022, India and Singapore had an average dwell time of three days for containers — better than some developed countries. The United States had a seven-day dwell time, while Germany’s was 10.
– Dwell time refers to the amount of time a ship or cargo spends at a port or terminal before being loaded or unloaded onto a vessel. Any delays in a port can disrupt shipping schedules, affecting the entire service.
Bengal tops list of States with most ponds and reservoirs: first-ever waterbody census
Source: The post is based on the article “Bengal tops list of States with most ponds and reservoirs: first-ever waterbody census” published in Indian Express on 22nd April 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The Ministry of Jal Shakti has released the report of the first census of water bodies.
What is the Census of Water Bodies?
Objective: To develop a national database for all water bodies by collecting information on all important aspects of the subject including their size, condition, the status of encroachments, use, storage capacity, the status of filling up of storage etc.
Definition: The census defines a waterbody as “all natural or man-made units bounded on all sides with some or no masonry work used for storing water for irrigation or other purposes (example industrial, pisciculture, domestic/drinking, recreation, religious, groundwater recharge etc).
The water bodies census was conducted along with the 6th Minor Irrigation Census for 2017-18.
What are the key findings of the Census of Water Bodies?
Waterbodies: India has 24.24 lakh water bodies like ponds, tanks and lakes.
– West Bengal accounts for most of the water bodies and Sikkim the least.
– West Bengal’s South 24 Parganas has been ranked as the top district having the highest (3.55 lakh) number of water bodies across the country.
Classification of waterbodies: Around 59.55% of water bodies are ponds, followed by tanks(15.7%), reservoirs(12.1%), water conservation schemes/percolation tanks/check dams (9.3%), lakes (0.9%) and others (2.5%).
– West Bengal has the highest number of ponds and reservoirs whereas Andhra Pradesh has the highest number of tanks.
– Tamil Nadu has the highest number of lakes and Maharashtra is the leading state with water conservation schemes.
Encroachment of water bodies: The census also collected data on the encroachment of water bodies for the first time, revealing that 1.6% of all enumerated water bodies are encroached, with 95.4% of encroachments in rural areas and the remaining 4.6% in urban areas.
What is the significance of the census of water bodies?
The census provides a comprehensive overview of the distribution of water bodies in India, highlighting the states and districts with the highest number of water bodies.
The data on the encroachment of water bodies can help in identifying areas where conservation efforts are needed to protect these valuable resources.
Faith in children’s vaccines has gone up in India, says UNICEF
Source: The post is based on the article “Faith in children’s vaccines has gone up in India, says UNICEF” published in The Hindu on 21st April 2023
What is the News?
UNICEF has released the report titled ‘The State of the World’s Children 2023: For Every Child, Vaccination’.
What are the key findings of the report?
Vaccine hesitancy on the rise: The public perception of the importance of vaccines for children declined during the COVID-19 pandemic in 52 out of 55 countries studied.
– China, India and Mexico were the only countries examined where the perception of the importance of vaccines remained stable or even improved.
– The report warns the confluence of several factors suggests the threat of vaccine hesitancy may be growing. These factors include uncertainty about the response to the pandemic, growing access to misleading information, declining trust in expertise, and political polarization.
Childhood vaccination: The pandemic interrupted childhood vaccination almost everywhere, especially due to intense demands on health systems, the diversion of immunization resources to COVID-19 vaccination, health worker shortages and stay-at-home measures.
– The report warns a total of 67 million children missed out on vaccinations between 2019 and 2021, with vaccination coverage levels decreasing in 112 countries.
– In 2022, for example, the number of measles cases was more than double the total in the previous year. The number of children paralyzed by polio was up 16 per cent year-on-year in 2022.
Deepening inequalities: The Covid-19 pandemic exacerbated existing inequalities related to vaccination.
– Overall, in low and middle-income countries, one in 10 children in urban areas and one in six in rural areas had not received a single routine vaccination.
State of World Population Report, 2023: India’s population to edge ahead of China’s by mid-2023, says U.N.
Source: The post is based on the following articles
– “India’s population to edge ahead of China’s by mid-2023, says U.N.” published in The Hindu on 20th April 2023
– “India becomes world’s most populous nation: What’s behind the population numbers?” published in Indian Express on 20th April 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The UN Population Fund (UNFPA) has released the State of World Population Report, 2023.
What are the key findings of the report?
Globally: The population of the world is 8,045 million.
– Out of this, the largest share (65%) is of people between the ages of 15 – 64 years, followed by those in the 10-24 years group (24%).10% of the population is above 65 years of age.
Most populous regions: The world’s two most populous regions are Eastern and South-Eastern Asia [2.3 billion people – 29% of the global population]; and Central and Southern Asia [2.1 billion – 26%].
– China and India accounted for the largest populations in these regions, with more than 1.4 billion each in 2022.
Rate of population growth: The rate of global population growth has fallen, and has been at less than 1 per cent since 2020.
– This is primarily due to declining fertility. Around two-thirds of people live in a country or area with a total fertility rate at or below 2.1 children per woman (widely considered the “replacement fertility” rate, also called the “zero-growth fertility” rate). In 1950 the global fertility rate stood at 5.
Life expectancy: The life expectancy among men now stands at 71 years while among women it stands at 76 years.
Future Projections: The global population could grow to around 8.5 billion in 2030, 9.7 billion in 2050 and 10.4 billion in 2100.
– Central and Southern Asia are expected to become the most populous region in the world by 2037.
– More than half of the projected increase in global population up to 2050 will be concentrated in eight countries – Congo (DRC), Egypt, Ethiopia, India, Nigeria, Pakistan, the Philippines and Tanzania.
What does the State of World Population Report, 2023 say about India?
India now has 1,428.6 million people and is the most populous country in the world, outstripping China’s population.
As much as 68% of India’s population belongs to the 15-64 years category, and 26% in the 10-24 years group, making India one of the youngest countries in the world.
However, the fertility rate in India has been steadily dropping. The National Family Health 5 Survey (2019-21) found that India attained a Total Fertility Rate of 2.0 for the first time, less than the replacement level of 2.1, falling from 2.2 in NFHS 4 (2015-16).
The increased use of contraceptive methods, spacing of pregnancies, access to health care and the impetus to family planning, besides increasing wealth and education, has contributed to the growth rate of the population slowing.
What does this mean for India?
India is in a unique position where the young and working population is larger than the population that needs care (children and the elderly).
This is unlike countries such as Japan with a declining population and an increasingly elderly population.
Such countries are, and will be, in dire need of skilled labour, and this is something that India can provide, capitalizing on its demographic dividend.
What are the suggestions given by the report?
The report has called for a radical rethink on how countries address changing demographics and cautioned against the use of family planning as a tool for achieving fertility targets.
It warned that global experience showed that family planning targets can lead to gender-based discrimination and harmful practices such as prenatal sex determination leading to sex-selective abortion.
Instead, it strongly recommended that governments introduce policies with gender equality and rights at their heart, such as parental leave programmes, child tax credits, policies that promote gender equality in the workplace, and universal access to sexual and reproductive health and rights.
FAO: Closing gender gap in agri-food systems can boost global economy by $1 trillion
Source: The post is based on the article “FAO: Closing gender gap in agri-food systems can boost global economy by $1 trillion” published in Down To Earth on 15th April 2023
What is the News?
According to the Food and Agriculture Organization(FAO) report titled “The Status Of Women In Agrifood Systems”, closing the gender gap in farm productivity and the wage gap in agri food-system employment would increase global gross domestic product (GDP) by 1% or nearly $1 trillion.
About The Status Of Women In Agrifood Systems report
The report is the first of its kind since 2010 (State of Food and Agriculture (SOFA) 2010–11: Women in Agriculture – Closing the gender gap for development).
It goes beyond agriculture to provide a comprehensive picture of the status of women working across agri-food systems.
What are the key findings of the Status Of Women In Agrifood Systems report?
Almost four billion people rely on agri-food systems for their livelihoods and around half of them (are women) are prevented from realizing their potential.
They are often held back by: 1) Inequality and discrimination – Rigid gender norms and roles, unequal power dynamics and discriminatory social structures, 2) Marginalized and denied agency, 3) Work in poorer conditions with lower wages and 4) Carry a greater burden of care and unpaid work.
These impediments are compounded by additional challenges – climate, economic and price shocks, conflicts and the increasing risks of gender-based violence.
Even though women have gained more access to some resources (digital technology, financial services), gaps are either unchanged or growing especially for rural women.
Since the outbreak of COVID-19, the gap between women’s and men’s food security has grown to 4.3%.
Men have a larger share in agricultural households compared with women owning land in 40 out of the 46 countries reporting on SDG Indicator 5.a.1.
Women earn 82 cents for every dollar earned by men and closing these gaps would greatly improve food security, nutrition and increase economic growth.
What are the recommendations given by the Status Of Women In Agrifood Systems report?
-Close the gender gaps related to access to assets, technology and resources.
-Access to childcare has a large positive effect on mothers’ employment, while social protection programmes have shown to increase women’s employment and resilience.
-Address the continued lack of high-quality data disaggregated by sex, age, and other forms of social and economic differentiation which is paramount to monitoring and accelerating progress towards gender equality in agrifood systems.
What was the U.N. water conference and what happened there?
Source: The post is based on the article “What was the U.N. water conference and what happened there?” published in The Hindu on 5th April 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The 2023 UN Water Conference took place at UN Headquarters in New York.
What is the 2023 UN Water Conference?
The 2023 UN Water Conference was co-hosted by Tajikistan and the Netherlands.
Aim: To support the achievement of internationally agreed water-related goals and targets, including those contained in the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.
It took 46 long years for the UN to organize the Water Conference in 2023, the first being held in 1977 in Mar de Plata, Argentina.
The 1977 conference resulted in the first global ‘Action Plan’ recognising that all peoples, whatever their stage of development and social and economic conditions, have the right to have access to drinking water in quantities and of a quality equal to their basic needs.
This declaration led to several decades of global funding and concerted effort to provide drinking water and sanitation for all.
What were the challenges in front of the 2023 UN Water Conference?
Firstly, finding money to pay for extending access to water and sanitation to underserved populations is challenging.
Secondly, improving access to water and sanitation no longer translates directly to sustained access to water and sanitation. For example, many drinking-water projects have failed because they drew too much groundwater or their water sources were contaminated. This in turn resulted in communities “slipping back” into having no access.
Thirdly, the water problem is no longer about access to water and sanitation; these represent only two of the eight water-related SDGs. The remaining SDG 6 targets address the need to sustain agriculture, industry, and natural ecosystems. They have metrics that track better governance, improve the efficiency of irrigation water use, restore the water quality in lakes and rivers and improve wastewater management.
– These problems are inherently harder because they can’t be fixed by better infrastructure. They require tough political choices, empowering agencies and strengthening democratic processes.
What was the outcome of the 2023 UN Water Conference?
The complexity of today’s water problems was reflected in the conference’s proceedings – fragmented discussions and no binding commitments.
Instead, there were 713 diverse voluntary commitments by philanthropic donors, governments, corporations, and NGOs. 120 of these were relevant to India. They included a USD 50-billion commitment from India to improve rural drinking water services under its Jal Jeevan Mission.
Some of the commitments announced at the event, with examples of projects that showed potential are,
– Technology: There were specific innovations in wastewater treatment or solar treatment of water in remote areas and a number of proposals for incubation platforms including IBM Sustainability Accelerator focused on water management.
– Data and models: Large investments must be done with careful simulation. But the simulation requires a large amount of data.
– Knowledge sharing: One useful tool here is the W12+ Blueprint, a UNESCO platform that hosts city profiles and case studies of programs, technologies, policies that addresses common water security challenges.
– Capacity building: Many people lack access to basic services because they are unable to advocate for themselves. Efforts like the Making Rights Real initiative offered to help marginalized communities and women understand how to exercise their rights.
– Environmental, social, and corporate governance: The conference concluded that a big barrier to farmers and industries using water more efficiently is that they have no incentive. Specifically, farmers aren’t becoming more efficient or going pesticide-free unless consumers are willing to pay a premium for more sustainably produced goods.
Technology and Innovation Report 2023: Deepening green tech divide between Global North, South to worsen economic inequality, warns UN
Source: The post is based on the article “Deepening green tech divide between Global North, South to worsen economic inequality, warns UN” published in Down To Earth on 24th March 2023
What is the News?
The United Nations Conference on Trade and Development(UNCTAD) has released the Technology and Innovation Report 2023.
What is the purpose of the Technology and Innovation Report 2023?
The report highlights the opportunities that green innovation – goods and services with smaller carbon footprints – offer developing countries to spur economic growth and enhance technological capacities.
It analyzes the market size of 17 green and frontier technologies such as artificial intelligence, the Internet of Things and electric vehicles, and their potential to create jobs.
It also assesses countries preparedness for frontier technologies. It presents a “readiness index” ranking 166 countries based on five building blocks: 1) ICT deployment, 2) skills 3) research and development (R&D) activity, 4) industry activity and 5) access to finance.
What are the key findings from the Technology and Innovation Report 2023?
Green and Frontier Technologies: The 17 frontier technologies covered in the report such as artificial intelligence, Internet of Things and green hydrogen already represent a $1.5 trillion market, which could grow to over $9.5 trillion by 2030 – about three times the current size of the Indian economy.
– But so far, developed economies are seizing most of the opportunities, leaving developing economies further behind.
– The total exports of green technologies from developed countries jumped from around $60 billion in 2018 to over $156 billion in 2021.
– In the same period, exports from developing nations rose from a similar starting line of $57 billion to only about $75 billion. In three years, developing countries’ share of global exports has fallen from over 48% to under 33%.
Frontier Technology Readiness Index: The index shows that countries in Latin America, the Caribbean and sub-Saharan Africa are the least ready to use, adopt or adapt to frontier technologies and are at risk of missing current technological opportunities.
– In general, those most ready are high-income economies, notably the United States, Sweden, Singapore, Switzerland and the Netherlands.
– China, the most-ready developing country, ranked 35, followed by Brazil (40), India (46) and South Africa (56).
Overperformance in Frontier Technologies: The readiness index shows that some developing countries in Asia are performing better than expected.
– Their overperformance is measured as the difference between the actual index rankings and the projected rankings based on per capita income. In general, it results from increased investment in infrastructure, enhanced technical skills and a conducive business climate.
– India remains the greatest overperformer ranking at 67 positions better than expected, followed by the Philippines (54 positions better) and Vietnam (44 better).
World Happiness Report: Finland happiest country in the world, India ranked 126th: U.N. report
Source: The post is based on the article “Finland happiest country in the world, India ranked 126th: U.N. report” published in Indian Express on 22nd March 2023
What is the News?
The United Nations Sustainable Development Solutions Network has released the World Happiness Report 2023.
What is the World Happiness Report?
The World Happiness Report is a publication of the UN Sustainable Development Solutions Network.
Parameters: The report measures happiness based on GDP per capita, social support, healthy life expectancy, freedom, generosity and low corruption.
The report was released on March 20, which is celebrated as International Day of Happiness.
What are the key findings of the World Happiness Report?
Globally: The Happiest country in the world was Finland. Two more Nordic countries – Denmark and Iceland – are second and third on the list.
– Afghanistan has occupied the bottom spot on the table since 2020. It saw its humanitarian crisis deepen since the Taliban government took power in 2021 following the US-led military pull-out.
India: India was placed at the 126th position out of 137 countries. It has improved from the 2022 index where it was ranked 136th.
– However, still India was ranked below Pakistan, Nepal, China, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka. In Asia, India is only better off than Afghanistan which was placed at 137th position.
Women and Men in India 2022: Sex ratio improves but female participation in workforce still low
Source: The post is based on the article “Women and Men in India 2022: Sex ratio improves but female participation in workforce still low” published in Down To Earth on 21st March 2023
What is the News?
The Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation has released the Women and Men in India 2022 report.
What is Women and Men in India 2022 Report?
Sex Ratio at birth: The sex ratio at birth went up by three points to 907 in 2018-20 from 904 in 2017-19.
– India’s sex ratio (females per 1,000 males) is expected to improve to 952 by 2036, up significantly from 943 in 2011.
India’s Labour Force Participation Rate(LFPR): It is defined as the percentage of people in the labour force of India in the total population.
– LFPR for those above 15 years of age has been on the rise since 2017-2018. However, women are severely lagging behind men.
– The rate was 77.2 for males and 32.8 for females in 2021-22, with no improvement in this disparity over the years.
Population Growth: Population growth, already on a downward trend from 2.2% in 1971 to 1.1% in 2021, is projected to fall further to 0.58% in 2036.
– In absolute figures, this translates into 1.2 billion people with 48.5% female population as per Census 2011 to an expected 1.5 billion in 2036 with a marginal improvement in the female population share (48.8%).
Age Structure: India’s age and sex structure, as per which the population under 15 years of age is expected to decline and the population above 60 years is expected to increase by 2036.
Fertility rate: The fertility rates for the age groups 20-24 years and 25-29 years declined from 135.4 and 166.0 to 113.6 and 139.6, respectively, between 2016 and 2020.
– This is likely due to economic independence from getting a proper education and securing a job.
IPCC AR 6 Synthesis Report
Source: The post is based on the following articles
– “IPCC AR 6 Synthesis Report” published in PIB on 20th March 2023.
– “U.N. panel calls for rapid action against climate change to secure a liveable future” published in The Hindu on 21st March 2023.
– “India faces highest risk of climate change: IPCC” published in the Business Standard on 21st March 2023.
Contents
What is the News?
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change(IPCC) has released AR6 Synthesis Report: Climate Change 2023.
What is a Synthesis Report?
The Synthesis Report (SYR) is the culmination of a cycle of reports (the Sixth Assessment) that have been published over the past five years.
What are the key findings of the Synthesis Report?
Temperature breaching the 1.5C threshold: Average temperatures have already touched 1.1°C (about 1.07°C was contributed by human activities) above pre-industrial times.
By 2030 there is a 50% chance that global surface temperature in any single year could exceed 1.5°C.
The world is still not doing enough to limit global temperatures from breaching the 1.5C threshold despite there being multiple, feasible and effective options to do so.
Overshooting 1.5°C will result in irreversible adverse impacts on certain ecosystems with low resilience, such as polar, mountain, coastal ecosystems, etc.
To keep within the 1.5°C limit, emissions need to be reduced by at least 43% by 2030 compared to 2019 levels, and at least 60% by 2035. This is the decisive decade to make that happen.
Impact of Climate Change: Adverse climate impacts are already more far-reaching and extreme than anticipated.
About half of the global population currently contends with severe water scarcity for at least one month per year, while higher temperatures are enabling the spread of vector-borne diseases, such as malaria, West Nile virus and Lyme disease.
Climate change has also slowed improvements in agricultural productivity in middle and low latitudes, with crop productivity growth shrinking by a third in Africa since 1961.
Carbon dioxide(CO2) emissions: CO2 is the primary GHG and needs to be drastically reduced. The report mentions that for every 1000 GtCO2 emitted by human activity, global surface temperature rises by 0.45°C (best estimate, with a likely range from 0.27 to 0.63°C).
Finance: Finance flows from developed to developing countries fall short of the levels needed to meet climate goals across all sectors and regions.
– It also acknowledges that in 2018, public and publicly mobilized private climate finance flows from developed to developing countries were below the collective goal under the UNFCCC and Paris Agreement to mobilize USD 100 billion per year by 2020.
What does the Synthesis report say about India?
Despite minimal contribution to global warming over the past century, India is among the countries that face the highest risk from climate change’s impact, ranging from heat waves to cyclones and urban and rural displacement.
India is the hotbed of global climate investment but it needs to distribute equally to adaptation, along with mitigation efforts in the clean energy space.
The report also echoes the Prime Minister’s vision for “LiFE”, or Lifestyle for Environment, which is a global mass movement for promoting environmentally friendly lifestyles to protect and preserve the environment.
What are the recommendations given by the Synthesis Report?
Need for better quantification of losses and damages, which will enable policymakers to negotiate better.
Climate justice is crucial because those who have contributed least to climate change are being disproportionately affected.
The world must not emit more than 500 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent after 2020.
The strategies to counter climate change needed to be rooted in diverse values, including scientific knowledge, indigenous knowledge and local knowledge.
Apart from public finance (includes the promised but never received $100 billion), other avenues including private finance, local finance, national and international, bilateral, and multilateral finance need to be explored.
Afghanistan most impacted by terrorism for fourth straight year, India ranks 13th: Global Terrorism Index
Source: The post is based on the article “Afghanistan most impacted by terrorism for fourth straight year, India ranks 13th: Global Terrorism Index” published in Indian Express on 19th March 2023
What is the News?
The Global Terrorism Index (GTI) report 2022 has been released.
What is the Global Terrorism Index(GTI)?
Global Terrorism Index(GTI) is a comprehensive study analyzing the impact of terrorism for 163 countries.
Published by: Institute for Economics & Peace(IEP) using data from Terrorism Tracker and other sources.
What are the key findings of the GTI 2022?
Globally, deaths from terrorism fell by nine per cent to 6,701 deaths, marking a 38% decrease from its peak in 2015.
Afghanistan remains the country most impacted by terrorism for the fourth consecutive year though violence has declined.
The report does not include acts of state repression and violence by state actors such as acts committed by the Taliban.
South Asia remains the region with the worst average GTI score.
India: India ranked 13th on the index, marking only a marginal decrease from the previous year. India was among the 25 worst-hit nations on the index.
Access to facilities and basic it skills
Source: The post is based on the article “Access to facilities and basic it skills” published in The Hindu on 19th March 2023
What is the News?
The National Sample Survey Office(NSSO) has released the findings of the Multiple Indicator Survey(MIS).
What are the key findings of the survey?
Distance to water: Over a third of households in India had their principal source of drinking outside their premises.
– In rural India, fetching water is a task almost exclusively performed by women. The greater the distance to the primary source of water, the more they will be exposed to heat stress on a hot day.
– In seven States more than 50% of households reported that their drinking water source was located outside the premise with Odisha having the Largest share (66.9%) of such households followed by Jharkhand (63.8%)
Unclean fuel: Over 33% of households in India used firewood, chips and crop —-residue as the primary source of fuel for cooking.
– Many southern States reported the lowest share of such households, while many eastern and central States reported the highest share.
– Even as fuel prices increased, the government withdrew support for LPG subsidies, likely forcing more households to revert to biomass-fuelled stoves called chuthas, which expose women who cook to soot and other harmful particulate matter.
Persons in debt In India: Over 15,000 persons per lakh were indebted to some institutional /non-institutional agency as of 2020-21.
– Southern States stood out when it came to indebtedness with Andhra Pradesh having the highest number of indebted persons per lakh (46,330), followed by Telangana (39,358), Kerala (31,510) and Tamil Nadu (31,085).
– Northeastern States such as Meghalaya, Mizoram and Nagaland had the lowest number of persons indebted per lakh.
Piped water: Just over 35% of persons in India had access to piped water in their dwellings.
– Among States, access to piped water inside dwelling/yard/plot ranged from over 90% in Goa to close to 6% in Assam.
– In as many as 12 States less than 30% of persons had access to piped water and most of them were in the eastern and northeastern regions.
In search of jobs: For about 13.7% of the persons who were willing to move out from their present place of residence in India, the main reason was the “search for employment”.
– Uttarakhand, Chhattisgarh, Nagaland and Bihar had the highest share of persons who were willing to move out in search of employment.
– Nine States including Maharashtra, West Bengal, Kerala and Gujarat had less than 10% of persons willing to move out to search for employment.
3 out of 4 rural homes without piped drinking water: NSSO
Source: The post is based on the article “3 out of 4 rural homes without piped drinking water: NSSO” published in TOI on 15th March 2023
What is the News?
The National Sample Survey Office(NSSO) has released the findings of the Multiple Indicator Survey(MIS).
What is a Multiple Indicator Survey(MIS)?
Multiple Indicator Survey(MIS) was part of the 78th round of the National Sample Survey Office (NSSO).
Objective: 1) To collect information for developing estimates of some important Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) indicators and 2) To collect information on Migration.
What are the key findings of the survey?
Drinking water: Less than a quarter of rural households and under two-thirds of urban ones in India reported having piped water for drinking in their houses or yard.
– Although penetration of piped drinking water is abysmal in many states, more than 95.7% of people reported having access to an improved source of drinking water.
– This is defined as water taken from packed bottles, piped water into a house, yard or from a neighbour, public tap, tube well, hand pump, covered well, tanker and so on.
Access to latrine: About 70% of the rural households reported having exclusive access to a latrine while 21. 3% reported having no access to a latrine, exclusive or otherwise.
Financial Inclusion: The survey confirms the progress in financial inclusion in India with nearly 90% of those surveyed reporting having an account individually or jointly with banks, other financial institutions or mobile money service providers.
Cooking: Almost half of the rural households are still using firewood as the primary source of energy for cooking.
Not in education, employment or training: During the time of the survey, 16.1% of males and 43. 8% of females aged 15-24 were neither studying nor working or being trained.
India remains biggest arms importer between 2018-22 despite drop in overall imports
Source: The post is based on the article “India remains biggest arms importer between 2018-22 despite drop in overall imports” published in The Hindu on 14th March 2023
What is the News?
Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) has released a report titled “Trends in International Arms Transfers 2022”.
What are the key findings of the report?
Arms imports: India, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Australia, and China are the top five arms importers in 2018–22.
Arms exports: US, Russia, France, China, and Germany as the five biggest arms exporters. The five countries alone accounted for 76% of global arms transfers between 2018 and 2022.
India’s arms imports: India was the world’s largest arms importer between 2018 and 2022, accounting for 11% of global imports.
– Russia was the largest supplier of arms to India in both 2013–17 and 2018–22. Russia accounted for 45% of India’s imports followed by France (29%) and the US (11%).
India’s arms exports: Among the top 10 arms exporters for the period 2018-22, India was the biggest arms export market to three countries — Russia, France, and Israel and the second-largest export market to South Korea.
– India was also the third-largest market for South Africa, which was ranked 21 on the list of arms exporters.
What are the observations made by the report on India?
Reduced in arms imports: India is still the largest arms importer, but its arms imports dropped by 11% between 2013 and 2017 and 2018 to 2022.
The decrease can be attributed to several factors, including India’s slow and complex arms procurement process, efforts to diversify its arms suppliers, and attempts to replace imports with major arms that are designed and produced domestically.
Decrease in arms imports from Russia: Russia’s position as India’s main arms supplier is under pressure due to strong competition from other supplier states, increased Indian arms production, and, since 2022, also the impact of the war in Ukraine.
NITI Aayog Releases Task Force Report on “Production and Promotion of Organic and Bio fertilisers with Special Focus on Improving Economic Viability of Gaushalas”
Source: The post is based on the following articles
“Help cow shelters market dung-based formulations for farming: NITI Aayog” published in The Hindu on 11th March 2023.
“NITI Aayog Releases Task Force Report on “Production and Promotion of Organic and Bio fertilisers with Special Focus on Improving Economic Viability of Gaushalas” published in the PIB on 10th March 2023.
Contents
What is the News?
NITI Aayog has released the Task Force report titled “Production and Promotion of Organic and Bio fertilisers with Special Focus on Improving Economic Viability of Gaushalas”.
What is the purpose of the task force?
The Task Force was constituted by NITI Aayog to suggest measures to make Gaushalas economically viable, address the problem of stray and abandoned cattle and effective utilization of cow dung and cow urine in the agriculture and energy sectors.
What are the key highlights from the report?
Gaushalas to promote Organic and Natural Farming: In the last 50 years, a serious imbalance emerged in the use of inorganic fertilizer and livestock manure. This is adversely affecting soil health, food quality, efficiency, environment and human health.
– Recognising this, the Government of India is promoting sustainable agriculture practices such as organic farming and natural farming.
– Gaushalas or cow shelters can be of great help in promoting natural farming and organic farming. The agri-inputs developed from cattle wastes- cow dung and cow urine can reduce or replace agrochemicals, serving as plant nutrients and plant protection.
– This effective utilization of cattle waste is an ideal example of a circular economy that harnesses the waste-to-wealth concept.
– Moreover, cow dung based organic fertilizers would have a huge impact in fulfilling the constitutional mandate under Article 48 that the State shall take steps for preserving and improving cattle breeds and prohibiting the slaughter of cows and calves, and other milch and draught cattle.
Gaushalas could also address the problem of stray cattle that damaged crops in many parts of the country.
What are the key recommendations given by the report?
Cow dung is the major produce of Gaushala. It faces several challenges in realizing its economic value. Gaushalas should be helped through capacity development and other means to generate income from gobar. This should include proper processing of gobar using biogas plants, value addition, marketing and certification of the cow dung-based organic as well as biofertilizers.
Heavy subsidy on inorganic fertilizers especially on urea discourages the use of organic sources of nutrients, which do not get any subsidy. There is a need for some parity in support of chemical fertilizers vis-a-vis organic.
A portal should be created like the Darpan portal of NITI Aayog for online registration of all Gaushalas.
The goal of promoting natural farming in the country should be integrated with the cow economy.
Raisina Security Dialogue: Away from the spotlight, India holds conference of global intelligence chiefs
Source: The post is based on the article “Away from the spotlight, India holds conference of global intelligence chiefs” published in The Hindu on 6th March 2023.
What is the News?
India has held the second Raisina Security Dialogue conference.
What is Raisina Security Dialogue?
Raisina Security Dialogue is a conference of intelligence and security chiefs and top officials from around the world.
Organized by: Research and Analysis Wing(R&AW) and the National Security Council Secretariat(NSCS).
The conference was held for the first time in 2022, a day before the start of Raisina Dialogue.
The focus of the discussions of the dialogue was largely focused on global security which encompassed counterterrorism, radicalisation, drugs trafficking, and illegal arms smuggling among others.
The conference is modelled on the lines of the Munich Security Conference and Singapore’s ShangriLa Dialogue.
What is Raisina Dialogue?
Raisina Dialogue is India’s flagship conference on geopolitics and geo-strategy.
It is organized by the Ministry of External Affairs in collaboration with the Observer Research Foundation(ORF).
Theme for 2023: “Provocation, Uncertainty, Turbulence: Lighthouse in the Tempest”
ADSI Report 2021 – Student suicides in India at a five-year high, majority from Maharashtra: NCRB data
Source: The post is based on the article “Student suicides in India at a five-year high, majority from Maharashtra: NCRB data” published in Indian Express on 9th February 2023.
What is the News?
National Crime Records Bureau(NCRB) has released the (Accidental Deaths and Suicide in India) ADSI Report 2021.
What are the key findings of the ADSI Report 2021?
Student Suicides in 2021: The number of deaths by suicide by students saw an increase of 4.5% in 2021.
– Maharashtra had the highest number of student deaths by suicide in 2021 with 1,834 deaths, followed by Madhya Pradesh with 1,308 and Tamil Nadu with 1,246 deaths.
A steady increase in student suicides: Student suicides had gone up drastically during the coronavirus pandemic in 2020 and 2021 and have been steadily rising in the last five years.
Reasons for student suicides: The specific reasons behind student deaths by suicide are not given in the report. However, the report does state that the major reasons for suicide in the age group (under 18 years) were family problems and failure of the examination.
Gender-wise student suicide rates: The percentage of women’s student suicide was at a five-year low of 43.49% while men’s student suicides made up 56.51% of the total student suicides.
– But still, women’s student suicides have increased. In 2017, 4,711 women students died by suicide while in 2021 such deaths increased to 5,693.
Educational status of student suicides: The educational status of suicide victims was that only 4.6% of total suicide victims were graduates and above. About 11% of the victims were illiterate, while 15.8% of them were educated up to the primary level.
NCAER Report on Farm Machinery Industry in India presented to MoS (Agriculture) Ms. Shobha Karandlaje
Source: The post is based on the article “NCAER Report on Farm Machinery Industry in India presented to MoS (Agriculture) Ms. Shobha Karandlaje” published in PIB on 7th February 2023.
What is the News?
National Council of Applied Economic Research(NCAER) has released a report titled “Making India a Global Power House on Farm Machinery Industry”.
What is the purpose of the report?
The report analyzed the non-tractor farm machinery industry from both demand and supply side perspectives, bringing out the challenges in the sector. It aims to make India a Global Power House of Farm Machinery.
What are the key highlights from the report?
Challenges of Farm Mechanization in India: Availability of adequate farm power is very crucial for timely farm operations for increasing production and productivity and reducing losses.
Though India is witnessing considerable progress in farm mechanization, its spread across the length and breadth of our country still remains uneven.
India’s farm power availability is at 2.49 Kw/ha in 2018-19 which is much lower as compared to Korea (+7 kw/ha), Japan (+14kw/ha), USA(+7kw/ha).
Steps taken by Government to promote Farm Mechanization: The Government is already promoting farm mechanization through various schemes and programmes like Sub-Mission on Agricultural Mechanization(SMAM), Drones promotion etc.
The institutes have done commendable work in testing and training and have provided a pool of more than 2.3 lakh of skilled professionals in the area of farm mechanization.
Student enrolments went up by 7.5% in 2020-21, All India Survey on Higher Education data show
Source: The post is based on the following articles:
“Ministry of Education releases All India Survey on Higher Education(AISHE) 2020-2021” published in PIB on 29th January 2023
“Student enrolments went up by 7.5% in 2020-21, All India Survey on Higher Education data show” published in The Hindu on 30th January 2023
What is the News?
The Ministry of Education has released the All India Survey on Higher Education (AISHE) 2020-2021.
What is the All India Survey on Higher Education(AISHE)?
The AISHE survey has been published by the Ministry of Education since 2011.
The survey covers all higher educational institutions located in Indian Territory imparting higher education in the country.
The survey collects detailed information on different parameters such as student enrollment, teacher’s data, infrastructural information, financial information etc.
For the first time, in AISHE 2020-21, HEIs have filled data using an entirely online data collection platform through the Web Data Capture Format(DCF) developed by the Department of Higher Education through the National Informatics Centre(NIC).
What are the key findings of the AISHE 2020-21 survey?
Higher Education enrolment: Enrolment in higher education has increased by 7.5% in 2020-21 from 2019-20, with female admissions increasing from 18.8 million to 20.1 million in this period.
– Since 2020-21, the year when the COVID-19 pandemic began, there was a 7% rise in enrolments in distance education programmes.
Female Enrolment: Female enrolment in higher education programmes had increased to 49% of total enrolments in 2020-21 compared to 45% the previous year.
– The highest enrolment was seen at the undergraduate level which accounted for 78.9% of all enrolments followed by postgraduate level courses, which accounted for 11.4% of the year’s total enrolments.
Popular courses: Among all undergraduate enrolments, the most popular remained the Bachelor of Arts programmes which saw 104 lakh enrolments (52.7% women; 47.3% men) followed by Bachelor of Science courses where women outnumbered men.
Gross Enrolment Ratio (GER): The GER in higher education has increased to 27.3 from 25.6 in 2019-20. GER is the ratio of 18-23-year-old adults attending college to the total population. It has been calculated according to the 2011 census.
– Female GER has overtaken Male GER since 2017-18. Gender Parity Index (GPI), the ratio of female GER to male GER, has increased from 1 in 2017-18 to 1.05 in 2020-21.
Social groups: The overall enrolment percentage of Scheduled Caste (SC), Scheduled Tribe (ST) and Other Backward Class(OBC) students in higher education institutions have increased notably from 2014-15 to 2020-21, with ST students registering nearly a 50% growth.
Universities: During 2020-21, the number of Universities has increased by 70, and the number of Colleges has increased by 1,453.
Rajasthan hosts the maximum number of universities in India followed by Uttar Pradesh and Gujarat.
Teachers: The number of teachers increased across higher education institutes but still SC and ST teachers continued to be under-represented.
– The survey also found that there were 75 women teachers for every 100 male ones across institutes in the country.
– The teacher-pupil ratio was at 27 for all universities, colleges and standalone institutions and at 24 if only regular mode is considered. The best teacher-pupil ratio was found in States like Tamil Nadu and Karnataka.
Five billion people unprotected from trans fat leading to heart disease
Source: The post is based on the article “Five billion people unprotected from trans fat leading to heart disease” published in WHO on 23rd January 2023
Contents
What is the News?
The World Health Organization(WHO) has released a report titled “Countdown to 2023 – WHO report on global trans fat elimination”.
What are the key findings of the WHO report on global trans fat elimination?
WHO had called in 2018 for harmful trans fatty acids to be eliminated by 2023. They are thought to be responsible for around 500,000 premature deaths from coronary heart disease each year.
Since then, 43 countries have implemented best-practice policies for tackling trans fat, with some 2.8 million people now protected, a nearly six-fold increase.However, the elimination goal currently remains unattainable.
Currently, 9 of the 16 countries with the highest estimated proportion of coronary heart disease deaths caused by trans-fat intake do not have a best-practice policy. Some of these countries are Australia, Bhutan, Egypt, Iran (Islamic Republic of), Nepal, and Pakistan among others.
What are the best practices to eliminate trans-fat?
Best practices in trans-fat elimination policies follow specific criteria established by WHO and limit industrially produced trans-fat in all settings. There are two best-practice policy alternatives:
– mandatory national limit of 2 grams of industrially produced trans-fat per 100 grams of total fat in all foods and
– mandatory national ban on the production or use of partially hydrogenated oils as an ingredient in all foods.
What are the recommendations given by the WHO report on global trans fat elimination?
WHO recommends that countries focus on adopting the best-practice policy, in addition to monitoring and surveillance, healthy oil replacements and advocacy.
In meanwhile, food manufacturers should be encouraged to eliminate industrially produced trans fat from their products.
What is Trans Fat?
Survival of the Richest: The India story – India’s richest 1% own more than 40% of total wealth: Oxfam
Source: The post is based on the article “India’s richest 1% own more than 40% of total wealth: Oxfam” published in The Hindu on 18th January 2023.
What is the News?
Oxfam has released a report titled “Survival of the Richest: The India story”.
What are the key findings of the Survival of the Richest: The India story?
Wealth Inequality: The richest 1% in India now own more than 40% of the country’s total wealth, while the bottom half of the population together share just 3% of the wealth.
– The combined wealth of India’s 100 richest has touched USD 660 billion (Rs 54.12 lakh crore) — an amount that could fund the entire Union Budget for more than 18 months.
Gender and social inequality: Female workers earned only 63 paise for every 1 rupee earned by male workers.
– The situation is even worse for Scheduled Castes and rural workers, as they earned 55% and half of what the advantaged social groups earned respectively, between 2018 and 2019.
GST: Approximately 64% of the total Rs 14.83 lakh crore in Goods and Services Tax (GST) came from the bottom 50% of the population in 2021-22, with only 3% of GST coming from the top 10%.
What are the suggestions given by the report to combat inequality?
Implement inheritance, property and land taxes, as well as net wealth taxes, in order to reduce inequality and generate revenue for social programs.
– For instance, taxing India’s ten-richest at 5% can fetch entire money to bring children back to school or if India’s billionaires are taxed once at 2% on their entire wealth, it would support the requirement of Rs 40,423 crore for the nutrition of malnourished in the country for the next three years.
Enhance the budgetary allocation of the health sector to 2.5% of GDP by 2025, as envisaged in the National Health Policy.
Enhance the budgetary allocation for education to the global benchmark of 6% of GDP.
Impose a windfall tax on food companies that are making large profits as inflation has surged.
ASER 2022: ASER Report flags widening learning gaps
Source: The post is based on the article “ASER Report flags widening learning gaps” published in The Hindu on 19th January 2023.
What is the News?
Annual Status of Education Report(ASER) 2022 has been released by Pratham, a non-governmental organization.
What is the ASER?
ASER is a household survey conducted across 616 rural districts covering 6.9 lakh children in the three-to-16 age group to record their schooling status and assess their basic reading and arithmetic skills.
The report is being brought out after four years and records the impact of school closures in 2020 and 2021 as well as the return to school of children in 2022.
What are the key findings of ASER 2022?
Increase in school enrollment: Despite the prolonged closure of schools, the overall enrollment in schools across the country has increased at all levels, with 98.4% in the age group of 6-14 years currently enrolled in schools. The figure stood at 97.2% in 2018.
Girl’s enrollment increased: The proportion of girls not enrolled in schools has also reduced across age groups. For girls aged 11-14, this share dropped from 4.1% in 2018 to 2% in 2022.
Drop in Learning levels: Between 2014 and 2018, learning levels in terms of foundational skills in reading and arithmetic had been rising gradually. For example, the proportion of Class 3 students who could read a Class 2 textbook had gone up from 23.6% in 2014 to 27.2% in 2018, while those who could do at least subtraction rose from 25.3% to 28.2%.
– However, in 2022, the basic reading ability of children in Class 3 dipped by 6.8% points from 2018 and the proportion of children in Class 3 who could do at least subtraction fell to 25.9% in 2022.
– Clearly, the pandemic has resulted in a learning loss. However, the loss is much greater in reading as compared to arithmetic.
Increase in children availing private tuitions: A small, steady increase in the proportion of children availing private tuitions. Between 2018 and 2022, this proportion increased further – from 26.4% to 30.5%.
Enrollment in government schools: The percentage of children aged 11 to 14 who are enrolled in government schools has risen from 65% in 2018 to 71.7% in 2022.
– This phenomenon can be attributed to several factors, including job losses and the closure of budget private schools in rural areas during the pandemic.
Read more: ASER Survey and issues in school education – Explained, pointwise
Global Risk Report: Natural disasters, extreme weather second-most severe global risk in short term, says WEF report
Source: The post is based on the article “Natural disasters, extreme weather, second-most severe global risk in short term, says WEF report” published in Down To Earth on 16th January 2023.
Contents
What is the News?
The World Economic Forum(WEF) has released the 18th Edition of Global Risks Report 2023.
What is ‘Global risk’?
‘Global risk’ is defined as the possibility of the occurrence of an event or condition which, if it occurs, would negatively impact a significant proportion of global gross domestic product, population or natural resources.
What is the Global Risk Report?
What are the key findings of the report?
Major global risks:
In the next 2 years: Cost of living crisis, natural disasters and extreme weather events, geoeconomic confrontation, failure to mitigate climate change and large-scale environmental damage incidents, among others.
In the next 10 years: Failure to mitigate climate change and climate change adaptation, biodiversity loss, large-scale involuntary migration and natural resources crises amongst others.
Climate Action and Biodiversity Loss: The world has struggled to make the required progress on climate change despite 30 years of global climate advocacy and diplomacy.
– Failure of climate action to address climate change has continued to figure among the top risks in the report since 2011.
– Biodiversity within and between ecosystems is already declining faster than at any other point during human history.
– But unlike other climate-related risks, ‘Biodiversity loss and ecosystem collapse’ has not been perceived to be of concern over the short term. It has been ranked as the 4th most severe risk in the long term or over the next ten years (by 2033).
Dangerous interconnections: Over the next 10 years or by 2033, the interconnections between biodiversity loss, pollution, natural resource consumption, climate change and socioeconomic drivers will make for a dangerous mix.
Major Risks to India
A cost of living crisis, digital inequality, geopolitical contest for resources, natural disasters and extreme weather events are the biggest risks for India over the short and medium term.
Extreme weather events in India: India recorded extreme weather events on 291 of the 334 days between January 1 and November 30, 2022.
– This means that the country witnessed an extreme weather event of some sort in one or more of its regions for more than 87 percent of the time over these 11 months.
– These extreme events have a link with human-caused greenhouse gas emissions and the climate crisis.
Wealth Report 2023 Attitude Survey: India Findings: Wealth of 9 in every 10 ultra-rich Indians rose in ’22: Knight Frank report
Source: The post is based on the article “Wealth of 9 in every 10 ultra-rich Indians rose in ’22: Knight Frank report” published in Business Standard on 16th January 2023.
What is the News?
Real estate company Knight Frank has released a report titled “Wealth Report 2023 Attitude Survey: India Findings”.
What are the key findings of the report?
Wealth of Ultra-high-net-worth Individuals(UHNWIs) in India: The wealth of nine out of every 10 UHNWIs in India increased in 2022. This is more than double the global average where four in every 10 enjoyed wealth growth.
UHNWIs in India own 5.1 homes which are higher than the global average of 4.1.
19% self-made Indian UHNWIs below the age of 40. The global average is 23%.
About 84% of the investable wealth of Indian UHNWIs is allocated between equities, real estate and bonds.
In 2023, 100% of the UHNWIs in India and 69% globally expect their wealth to grow.
What UHNWIs want: Art remains the first choice as the “investment of passion” in India followed by watches and luxury handbags.
– The UK is the most favoured country for home investment; UAE and USA follow.
– 18% of Indian UHNWIs want to apply for new citizenship in 2023.
Report on municipal finances: Municipal corporations in India are gasping for funds
Source: The post is based on the article “Municipal corporations in India are gasping for funds” published in Business Standard on 10th January 2023
What is the News?
The Reserve Bank of India(RBI) has released a study titled “Report on municipal finances”.
The study reveals how municipal bodies are increasingly dependent on fund transfers from the State and the Centre while their revenue earning capacity is limited.
What are the key findings from the study?
The combined budget of all the municipal corporations in India is much smaller than that of the Central and State governments.
Inadequate Taxes: Taxes earned by municipal corporations in India are grossly inadequate to meet their expenditure needs.
– In India, the own tax revenue of municipal corporations, comprising property tax, water tax, toll tax and other local taxes, formed 31-34% of the total revenue in the FY18-FY20 period. This share was low compared to many other countries and it also declined over time.
– Limited funds aside about 70% of it gets spent on salaries, pensions and administrative expenses with the rest left for capital expenditure. Above all, municipal corporations don’t borrow much leaving them gasping for funds.
Variations in Tax revenue: Large variations can be observed if the municipal corporations’ own tax revenue is sliced State-wise.
– The own tax revenue of municipal corporations as a share of the State’s GDP in 2017-18 crossed the 1% mark in Delhi, Gujarat, Chandigarh, Maharashtra and Chhattisgarh, while it was 0.1% or less in Karnataka, Goa, Assam and Sikkim.
Major revenue from property taxes: Municipal corporations’ revenue-raising capabilities are dependent on property taxes.
– In 2017-18, the property taxes formed over 40% of the municipal corporations’ own tax revenue. Despite such dominance, property tax collection in India was much lower compared to OECD countries due to undervaluation and poor administration.
Dependent on Funds: The municipal bodies are increasingly dependent on fund transfers from the State and the Centre. Property taxes are not efficiently collected. The generated funds are mostly spent on revenue expenditure, leaving a much smaller pie for capacity building.
Remote work helped in saving jobs during COVID: ILO report
Source: The post is based on the article “Remote work helped in saving jobs during COVID: ILO report” published in The Hindu on 7th January 2023
What is the News?
The International Labour Organisation (ILO) has released a report titled ‘Working Time and Work-Life Balance Around the World’.
What are the key findings of the report?
The report examines the effects that working hours and time schedules have on the performance of businesses and their employees.
Covering the periods before and during COVID-19, the report reveals that more than a third of all employees are regularly working more than 48 hours per week, while a fifth of the global workforce is labouring fewer than 35 hours per week on a part-time basis.
The report found that short-time work and work-sharing measures or other forms of job retention helped people reduce the volume of work and save jobs during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Moreover, the system of reduced working hours and flexible working time arrangements can benefit economies, enterprises and workers and lay the ground for a better and more healthy work-life balance.
The so-called ‘Great Resignation’ phenomenon has placed work-life balance at the forefront of social and labour market issues in the post-pandemic world.
However, the report also cautioned that the benefits of some flexible arrangements such as spending more time with the family may also be accompanied by greater gender imbalances and health risks.
What are the recommendations given by the report?
Firstly, countries should continue to support pandemic-era initiatives such as inclusive short-time work schemes, which not only saved jobs but also boosted purchasing power and helped cushion the effects of economic crises.
Secondly, a public policy shift must happen to reduce the number of working hours in many countries and promote a healthy work-life balance.
Thirdly, encourage teleworking to help maintain employment and give workers more agency.
However, to contain potential negative effects, it warned that these and other flexible working arrangements need to be well-regulated, to support what is often called the “right to disconnect” from work.
Ministry of Road Transport & Highways -Annual report ‘Road accidents in India — 2021’
Source: The post is based on the article “Ministry of Road Transport & Highways -Annual report ‘Road accidents in India — 2021” published in PIB on 28th December 2022
What is the News?
The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways has published the annual report ‘Road accidents in India — 2021’.
About Road accidents in India Report 2021
Purpose: The report provides information on various facets of road accidents in the country during the calendar year 2021.
Data source: The report is based on the data/information received from police departments of States/Union Territories collected on a calendar year basis.
Key Findings of the report
Road accidents in 2021: There was 4.12 lakh unfortunate incidences of road accidents during 2021 which claimed around 1.5 lakh lives. Young adults in the age group of 18-45 years accounted for 67.6% of victims in 2021.
– During the previous year 2020, the country saw an unprecedented decrease in accidents, fatalities and injuries. This was due to the unusual outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic and the subsequent lockdown.
Major indicators related to accidents have performed better in 2021 when compared to 2019.
– Road accidents decreased by 8.1% and injuries decreased by 14.8% in 2021 compared to 2019.
However, fatalities on accounts of road accidents increased by 1.9% in 2021 corresponding to the same period in 2019.
State-wise: Uttar Pradesh retained its top position in road accident fatalities at the national level like in 2020 accounting for 15.2% of the total fatalities followed by Tamil Nadu (9.4%) Maharashtra (7.3%) and Rajasthan (6.8%).
Death due to not wearing Helmets/Seatbelts: At least 8 out of every 10 occupants, nearly 83%, killed in accidents across India were not wearing seatbelts. Also, 2 out of every 3 who died in road crashes on two-wheelers were not wearing helmets.